Թագաւորութիւններ Բ / 2 Samuel - 2 |

Text:
< PreviousԹագաւորութիւններ Բ - 2 2 Samuel - 2Next >


jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
David had paid due respect to the memory of Saul his prince and Jonathan his friend, and what he did was as much his praise as theirs; he is now considering what is to be done next. Saul is dead, now therefore David arise. I. By direction from God he went up to Hebron, and was there anointed king, ver. 1-4. II. He returned thanks to the men of Jabesh-Gilead for burying Saul, ver. 5-7. III. Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, is set up in opposition to him, ver. 8-11. IV. A warm encounter happens between David's party and Ishbosheth's, in which, 1. Twelve of each side engaged hand to hand and were all slain, ver. 12-16. 2. Saul's party was beaten, ver. 17. 3. Asahel, on David's side, was slain by Abner, ver. 18-23. 4. Joab, at Abner's request, sounds a retreat, ver. 24-28. 5. Abner makes the best of his way (ver. 29), and the loss on both sides is computed, ver. 30-32. So that here we have an account of a civil war in Israel, which, in process of time, ended in the complete settlement of David on the throne.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
David, by the direction of God, goes up to Hebron, and is there anointed king over the house of Judah, Sa2 2:1-4. He congratulates the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead on their kindness in rescuing the bodies of Saul and his sons from the Philistines, Sa2 2:5-7. Abner anoints Ish-bosheth, Saul's son, king over Gilead, the Ashurites, Jezreel, Ephraim, Benjamin, and all Israel; over whom he reigned two years, Sa2 2:8-10. David reigns over Judah, in Hebron, seven years and six months, Sa2 2:11. Account of a battle between Abner, captain of the Israelites, and Joab, captain of the men of Judah; in which the former are routed with the loss of three hundred and sixty men: but Asahel, the brother of Joab, is killed by Abner, vv. 12-32.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:1
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Sa2 2:1, David, by God's direction, with his company goes up to Hebron, where he is made king of Judah; Sa2 2:5, He commends them of Jabesh-gilead for their kindness to Saul; Sa2 2:8, Abner makes Ishbosheth king of Israel; Sa2 2:12, A mortal skirmish between twelve of Abner's and twelve of Joab's men; Sa2 2:18, Asahel is slain; Sa2 2:25, At Abner's motion, Joab sounds a retreat; Sa2 2:32, Asahel's burial.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

David King Over Judah, and Ishbosheth King Over Israel. Battle at Gibeon - 2 Samuel 2
After David had mourned for the fallen king, he went, in accordance with the will of the Lord as sought through the Urim, to Hebron, and was there anointed king by the tribe of Jabesh, for the love which they had shown to Saul in burying his bones (2Kings 2:1-7), and reigned seven years and a half at Hebron over Judah alone (2Kings 2:10 and 2Kings 2:11). Abner, on the other hand, put forward Ishbosheth the son of Saul, who still remained alive, as king over Israel (2Kings 2:8 and 2Kings 2:9); so that a war broke out between the adherents of Ishbosheth and those of David, in which Abner and his army were beaten, but the brave Asahel, the son-in-law of David, was slain by Abner (vv. 12-32). The promotion of Ishbosheth as king was not only a continuation of the hostility of Saul towards David, but also an open act of rebellion against Jehovah, who had rejected Saul and chosen David prince over Israel, and who had given such distinct proofs of this election in the eyes of the whole nations, that even Saul had been convinced of the appointment of David to be his successor upon the throne. But David attested his unqualified submission to the guidance of God, in contrast with this rebellion against His clearly revealed will, not only by not returning to Judah till he had received permission from the Lord, but also by the fact that after the tribe of Judah had acknowledged him as king, he did not go to war with Ishbosheth, but contented himself with resisting the attack made upon him by the supporters of the house of Saul, because he was fully confident that the Lord would secure to him in due time the whole of the kingdom of Israel.
Geneva 1599
And it came to pass after this, that David (a) enquired of the LORD, saying, Shall I go up into any of the cities of Judah? And the LORD said unto him, Go up. And David said, Whither shall I go up? And he said, Unto (b) Hebron.
(a) By means of the high priest, (1Kings 23:2; 2Kings 5:19).
(b) Which was also called Kirjatharba (Josh 14:15).
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO SECOND SAMUEL 2
This chapter relates that David, upon inquiring of the Lord, was directed to go up to Hebron, and did, where he was anointed king of Judah, 2Kings 2:1. And that being told of the kindness of the men of Jabeshgilead in burying Saul, he sent them thanks, and promised to remember it, and took the opportunity to let them know he was anointed king over Judah, 2Kings 2:5. It also relates that Abner set up Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, to be king over Israel, 2Kings 2:8; and that there was an encounter between twelve of Abner's men and twelve of David's, which brought on a sore battle between them, in which Abner was beaten, 2Kings 2:12; and Asahel, who was of David's party, was slain in the pursuit by Abner, 2Kings 2:18; when a retreat was sounded by Joab, at the influence of Abner, who, with his wen, betook themselves to Mahanaim, where he had left Ishbosheth, 2Kings 2:26. And the chapter closes with an account of the slain on both sides, the burial of Asahel, and the return of Joab with David's men to Hebron, 2Kings 2:30.
John Wesley
Enquired - By Urim. Thus David begins at the right end, and lays his foundation in God's counsel and assistance. Shall I go - He asked not whether he should take the kingdom; for that was appointed before; and he would not offend God, nor dishonour his ordinance with unnecessary enquiries; but only where he should enter upon it; whether in Judah, as he supposed, because of his relation to that tribe, and his interest in it; or in some other tribe: for he doth not limit God, but resolves exactly to follow his counsels. Hebron - Which was next to Jerusalem (part whereof the Jebusites now possessed) the chief city of that tribe, and a city of the priests, and in the very center of that tribe, to which the whole tribe might speedily resort, when need required. And the sepulchres of the patriarchs adjoining to Hebron, would remind him of the ancient promise.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
DAVID, BY GOD'S DIRECTION, GOES UP TO HEBRON, AND IS MADE KING OVER JUDAH. (2Kings 2:1-7)
David inquired of the Lord--By Urim (1Kings 23:6, 1Kings 23:9; 1Kings 30:7-8). He knew his destination, but he knew also that the providence of God would pave the way. Therefore he would take no step in such a crisis of his own and the nation's history, without asking and obtaining the divine direction. He was told to go into Judah, and fix his headquarters in Hebron, whither he accordingly repaired with his now considerable force. There his interests were very powerful; for he was not only within his own tribe, and near chiefs with whom he had been long in friendly relations (see on 1Kings 30:26), but Hebron was the capital and center of Judah, and one of the Levitical cities; the inhabitants of which were strongly attached to him, both from sympathy with his cause ever since the massacre at Nob, and from the prospect of realizing in his person their promised pre-eminence among the tribes. The princes of Judah, therefore, offered him the crown over their tribe, and it was accepted. More could not, with prudence, be done in the circumstances of the country (1Chron 11:3).
2:12:1: Եւ եղեւ յետ այնորիկ եւ եհա՛րց Դաւիթ ՚ի Տեառնէ եւ ասէ. Եթէ ելանիցե՞մ ՚ի մի ՚ի քաղաքացն Յուդայ։ Եւ ասէ ցնա Տէր. Ե՛լ։ Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ. Յո՞ ելից։ Եւ ասէ ՚ի Քեբրոն։
1 Դրանից յետոյ Դաւիթը հարց տալով Տիրոջը՝ ասաց. «Արդեօք գնա՞մ Յուդայի քաղաքներից որեւէ մէկը»: Տէրն ասաց նրան. «Գնա՛»: Դաւիթն ասաց. «Ո՞ւր գնամ»:
2 Դաւիթ Տէրոջը հարցուց ու ըսաւ. «Յուդայի քաղաքներէն մէկը ելլե՞մ»։ Տէրը անոր ըսաւ. «Ելի՛ր»։ Դաւիթ ըսաւ. «Ո՞ւր ելլեմ»։ Տէրը ըսաւ. «Քեբրոն»։
Եւ եղեւ յետ այնորիկ եւ եհարց Դաւիթ ի Տեառնէ եւ ասէ. Եթէ ելանիցե՞մ ի մի ի քաղաքացն Յուդայ: Եւ ասէ ցնա Տէր. Ել: Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ. Յո՞ ելից: Եւ ասէ. Ի Քեբրոն:

2:1: Եւ եղեւ յետ այնորիկ եւ եհա՛րց Դաւիթ ՚ի Տեառնէ եւ ասէ. Եթէ ելանիցե՞մ ՚ի մի ՚ի քաղաքացն Յուդայ։ Եւ ասէ ցնա Տէր. Ե՛լ։ Եւ ասէ Դաւիթ. Յո՞ ելից։ Եւ ասէ ՚ի Քեբրոն։
1 Դրանից յետոյ Դաւիթը հարց տալով Տիրոջը՝ ասաց. «Արդեօք գնա՞մ Յուդայի քաղաքներից որեւէ մէկը»: Տէրն ասաց նրան. «Գնա՛»: Դաւիթն ասաց. «Ո՞ւր գնամ»:
2 Դաւիթ Տէրոջը հարցուց ու ըսաւ. «Յուդայի քաղաքներէն մէկը ելլե՞մ»։ Տէրը անոր ըսաւ. «Ելի՛ր»։ Դաւիթ ըսաւ. «Ո՞ւր ելլեմ»։ Տէրը ըսաւ. «Քեբրոն»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:12:1 После сего Давид вопросил Господа, говоря: идти ли мне в какой-либо из городов Иудиных? И сказал ему Господь: иди. И сказал Давид: куда идти? И сказал Он: в Хеврон.
2:1 καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become μετὰ μετα with; amid ταῦτα ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even ἐπηρώτησεν επερωταω interrogate; inquire of Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐν εν in κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master λέγων λεγω tell; declare εἰ ει if; whether ἀναβῶ αναβαινω step up; ascend εἰς εις into; for μίαν εις.1 one; unit τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτόν αυτος he; him ἀνάβηθι αναβαινω step up; ascend καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ποῦ που.1 where? ἀναβῶ αναβαινω step up; ascend καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak εἰς εις into; for Χεβρων χεβρων Chebrōn; Khevron
2:1 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֣י yᵊhˈî היה be אַֽחֲרֵי־ ʔˈaḥᵃrê- אַחַר after כֵ֗ן ḵˈēn כֵּן thus וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁאַל֩ yyišʔˌal שׁאל ask דָּוִ֨ד dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David בַּֽ bˈa בְּ in יהוָ֤ה׀ [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לֵ lē לְ to אמֹר֙ ʔmˌōr אמר say הַ ha הֲ [interrogative] אֶעֱלֶ֗ה ʔeʕᵉlˈeh עלה ascend בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אַחַת֙ ʔaḥˌaṯ אֶחָד one עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֧אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלָ֖יו ʔēlˌāʸw אֶל to עֲלֵ֑ה ʕᵃlˈē עלה ascend וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֧אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say דָּוִ֛ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David אָ֥נָה ʔˌānā אָן whither אֶעֱלֶ֖ה ʔeʕᵉlˌeh עלה ascend וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say חֶבְרֹֽנָה׃ ḥevrˈōnā חֶבְרֹון Hebron
2:1. igitur post haec consuluit David Dominum dicens num ascendam in unam de civitatibus Iuda et ait Dominus ad eum ascende dixitque David quo ascendam et respondit ei in HebronAnd after these things David consulted the Lord, saying: Shall I go up into one of the cities of Juda? And the Lord said to him: Go up. And David said: Whither shall I go up? And he answered him: Into Hebron.
1. And it came to pass after this, that David inquired of the LORD, saying, Shall I go up into any of the cities of Judah? And the LORD said unto him, Go up. And David said, Whither shall I go up? And he said, Unto Hebron.
2:1. And so, after these things, David consulted the Lord, saying, “Shall I ascend to one of the cities of Judah?” And the Lord said to him, “Ascend.” And David said, “To where shall I ascend?” And he responded to him, “To Hebron.”
2:1. And it came to pass after this, that David inquired of the LORD, saying, Shall I go up into any of the cities of Judah? And the LORD said unto him, Go up. And David said, Whither shall I go up? And he said, Unto Hebron.
And it came to pass after this, that David enquired of the LORD, saying, Shall I go up into any of the cities of Judah? And the LORD said unto him, Go up. And David said, Whither shall I go up? And he said, Unto Hebron:

2:1 После сего Давид вопросил Господа, говоря: идти ли мне в какой-либо из городов Иудиных? И сказал ему Господь: иди. И сказал Давид: куда идти? И сказал Он: в Хеврон.
2:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
μετὰ μετα with; amid
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
ἐπηρώτησεν επερωταω interrogate; inquire of
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐν εν in
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
εἰ ει if; whether
ἀναβῶ αναβαινω step up; ascend
εἰς εις into; for
μίαν εις.1 one; unit
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
ἀνάβηθι αναβαινω step up; ascend
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ποῦ που.1 where?
ἀναβῶ αναβαινω step up; ascend
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
εἰς εις into; for
Χεβρων χεβρων Chebrōn; Khevron
2:1
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֣י yᵊhˈî היה be
אַֽחֲרֵי־ ʔˈaḥᵃrê- אַחַר after
כֵ֗ן ḵˈēn כֵּן thus
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁאַל֩ yyišʔˌal שׁאל ask
דָּוִ֨ד dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
בַּֽ bˈa בְּ in
יהוָ֤ה׀ [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לֵ לְ to
אמֹר֙ ʔmˌōr אמר say
הַ ha הֲ [interrogative]
אֶעֱלֶ֗ה ʔeʕᵉlˈeh עלה ascend
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אַחַת֙ ʔaḥˌaṯ אֶחָד one
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֧אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלָ֖יו ʔēlˌāʸw אֶל to
עֲלֵ֑ה ʕᵃlˈē עלה ascend
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֧אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
דָּוִ֛ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
אָ֥נָה ʔˌānā אָן whither
אֶעֱלֶ֖ה ʔeʕᵉlˌeh עלה ascend
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
חֶבְרֹֽנָה׃ ḥevrˈōnā חֶבְרֹון Hebron
2:1. igitur post haec consuluit David Dominum dicens num ascendam in unam de civitatibus Iuda et ait Dominus ad eum ascende dixitque David quo ascendam et respondit ei in Hebron
And after these things David consulted the Lord, saying: Shall I go up into one of the cities of Juda? And the Lord said to him: Go up. And David said: Whither shall I go up? And he answered him: Into Hebron.
2:1. And so, after these things, David consulted the Lord, saying, “Shall I ascend to one of the cities of Judah?” And the Lord said to him, “Ascend.” And David said, “To where shall I ascend?” And he responded to him, “To Hebron.”
2:1. And it came to pass after this, that David inquired of the LORD, saying, Shall I go up into any of the cities of Judah? And the LORD said unto him, Go up. And David said, Whither shall I go up? And he said, Unto Hebron.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-4: Смерть Саула и его сына Ионафана создала обстоятельства, при которых стало возможным исполнение определения Божия через Самуила: быть Давиду царем над Израилем. Впрочем, воцарение Давида над Израилем совершилось не сразу. Давид был признан царем сначала одним лишь коленом Иуды (и Симеона).

Об Ахиноаме и Авигее см. 1: Цар. XXV:40-44.

И донесли Давиду, что жители Иависа Галаадского погребли Саула. См. 1: Цар. XXXI:11-13.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
David Made King at Hebron. B. C. 1053.

1 And it came to pass after this, that David enquired of the LORD, saying, Shall I go up into any of the cities of Judah? And the LORD said unto him, Go up. And David said, Whither shall I go up? And he said, Unto Hebron. 2 So David went up thither, and his two wives also, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail Nabal's wife the Carmelite. 3 And his men that were with him did David bring up, every man with his household: and they dwelt in the cities of Hebron. 4 And the men of Judah came, and there they anointed David king over the house of Judah. And they told David, saying, That the men of Jabesh-gilead were they that buried Saul. 5 And David sent messengers unto the men of Jabesh-gilead, and said unto them, Blessed be ye of the LORD, that ye have shewed this kindness unto your lord, even unto Saul, and have buried him. 6 And now the LORD shew kindness and truth unto you: and I also will requite you this kindness, because ye have done this thing. 7 Therefore now let your hands be strengthened, and be ye valiant: for your master Saul is dead, and also the house of Judah have anointed me king over them.
When Saul and Jonathan were dead, though David knew himself anointed to be king, and now saw his way very clear, yet he did not immediately send messengers through all the coasts of Israel to summon all people to come in and swear allegiance to him, upon pain of death, but proceeded leisurely; for he that believeth doth not make haste, but waits God's time for the accomplishment of God's promises. Many had come in to his assistance from several tribes while he continued at Ziklag, as we find (1 Chron. xii. 1-22), and with such a force he might have come in by conquest. But he that will rule with meekness will not rise with violence. Observe here,
I. The direction he sought and had from God in this critical juncture, v. 1. He doubted not of success, yet he used proper means, both divine and human. Assurance of hope in God's promise will be so far from slackening that it will quicken pious endeavours. If I be elected to the crown of life, it does not follow, Then I will do nothing; but, Then I will do all that he directs me, and follow the guidance of him who chose me. This good use David made of his election, and so will all whom God has chosen. 1. David, according to the precept, acknowledged God in his way. He enquired of the Lord by the breast-plate of judgment, which Abiathar brought to him. We must apply to God not only when we are in distress, but even when the world smiles upon us and second causes work in favour of us. His enquiry was, Shall I go up to any of the cities of Judah? Shall I stir hence? Though Ziklag be in ruins, he will not quit it without direction from God. "If I stir hence, Shall I go to one of the cities of Judah?" not limiting God to them (if God should so direct him, he would go to any of the cities of Israel), but thus expressing his prudence (in the cities of Judah he would find most friends), and his modesty--he would look no further at present than his own tribe. In all our motions and removals it is comfortable to see God going before us; and we may, if by faith and prayer we set him before us. 2. God, according to the promise, directed his path, bade him go up, told him whither, unto Hebron, a priest's city, one of the cities of refuge, so it was to David, and an intimation that God himself would be to him a little sanctuary. The sepulchres of the patriarchs, adjoining to Hebron, would remind him of the ancient promise, on which God had caused him to hope. God sent him not to Bethlehem, his own city, because that was little among the thousands of Judah (Mic. v. 2), but to Hebron, a more considerable place, and which perhaps was then as the county-town of that tribe.
II. The care he took of his family and friends in his removal to Hebron. 1. He took his wives with him (v. 2), that, as they had been companions with him in tribulation, they might be so in the kingdom. It does not appear that as yet he had any children; his first was born in Hebron, ch. iii. 2. 2. He took his friends and followers with him, v. 3. They had accompanied him in his wanderings, and therefore, when he gained a settlement, they settled with him. Thus, if we suffer with Christ, we shall reign with him, 2 Tim. ii. 12. Nay, Christ does more for his good soldiers than David could do for his; David found lodging for them--They dwelt in the cities of Hebron, and adjacent towns; but to those who continue with Christ in his temptations he appoints a kingdom, and will feast them at his own table, Luke xxii. 29, 30.
III. The honour done him by the men of Judah: They anointed him king over the house of Judah, v. 4. The tribe of Judah had often stood by itself more than any other of the tribes. In Saul's time it was numbered by itself as a distinct body (1 Sam. xv. 4) and those of this tribe had been accustomed to act separately. They did so now; yet they did it for themselves only; they did not pretend to anoint him king over all Israel (as Judg. ix. 22), but only over the house of Judah. The rest of the tribes might do as they pleased, but, as for them and their house, they would be ruled by him whom God had chosen. See how David rose gradually; he was first anointed king in reversion, then in possession of one tribe only, and at last of all the tribes. Thus the kingdom of the Messiah, the Son of David, is set up by degrees; he is Lord of all by divine designation, but we see not yet all things put under him, Heb. ii. 8. David's reigning at first over the house of Judah only was a tacit intimation of Providence that his kingdom would in a short time be reduced to that again, as it was when the ten tribes revolted from his grandson; and it would be an encouragement to the godly kings of Judah that David himself at first reigned over Judah only.
IV. The respectful message he sent to the men of Jabesh-Gilead, to return them thanks for their kindness to Saul. Still he studies to honour the memory of his predecessor, and thereby to show that he was far from aiming at the crown from any principle of ambition or enmity to Saul, but purely because he was called of God to it. It was told him that the men of Jabesh-Gilead buried Saul, perhaps by some that thought he would be displeased at them as over-officious. But he was far from that. 1. He commends them for it, v. 5. According as our obligations were to love and honour any while they lived, we ought to show respect to their remains (that is, their bodies, names, and families) when they are dead. "Saul was your lord," says David, "and therefore you did well to show him this kindness and do him this honour." 2. He prays to God to bless them for it, and to recompense it to them: Blessed are you, and blessed may you be of the Lord, who will deal kindly with those in a particular manner that dealt kindly with the dead, as it is in Ruth i. 8. Due respect and affection shown to the bodies, names, and families of those that are dead, in conscience towards God, is a piece of charity which shall in no wise lose its reward: The Lord show kindness and truth to you (v. 6), that is, kindness according to the promise. What kindness God shows is in truth, what one may trust to. 3. He promises to make them amends for it: I also will requite you. He does not turn them over to God for a recompence that he may excuse himself from rewarding them. Good wishes are good things, and instances of gratitude, but they are too cheap to be rested in where there is an ability to do more. 4. He prudently takes this opportunity to gain them to his interest, v. 7. They had paid their last respects to Saul, and he would have them to be the last: "The house of Judah have anointed me king, and it will be your wisdom to concur with them and in that to be valiant." We must not so dote on the dead, how much soever we have valued them, as to neglect or despise the blessings we have in those that survive, whom God has raised up to us in their stead.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:1: David inquired of the Lord - By means of Abiathar the priest; for he did not know whether the different tribes were willing to receive him, though he was fully persuaded that God had appointed him king over Israel.
Unto Hebron - The metropolis of the tribe of Judah, one of the richest regions in Judea. The mountains of Hebron were famed for fruits, herbage, and honey; and many parts were well adapted for vines, olives, and different kinds of grain, abounding in springs of excellent water, as the most accurate travelers have asserted.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:4
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:1: Enquired of the Lord - Through Abiathar, the high priest. The death of Saul and Jonathan had entirely changed David's position, and therefore he needed divine guidance how to act under the new circumstances in which he was placed. Compare the marginal references.
Hebron was well suited for the temporary capital of David's kingdom, being situated in a strong position in the mountains of Judah, amidst David's friends, and withal having especially sacred associations (see the marginal references note). It appears to have also been the center of a district Sa2 2:3.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:1: inquired: Sa2 5:19, Sa2 5:23; Num 27:21; Jdg 1:1; Sa1 23:2, Sa1 23:4, Sa1 23:9-12, Sa1 30:7, Sa1 30:8; Psa 25:4, Psa 25:5; Psa 27:4, Psa 143:8; Pro 3:5, Pro 3:6; Eze 36:37
Hebron: Sa2 2:11, Sa2 5:1-3, Sa2 15:7; Gen 32:2; Num 13:22; Jos 14:14, Jos 14:15; Sa1 30:31; Kg1 2:11; Ch1 29:7
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

David's return to Hebron, and anointing as king over Judah. - 2Kings 2:1. "After this," i.e., after the facts related in 2 Samuel 1, David inquired of the Lord, namely through the Urim, whether he should go up to one of the towns of Judah, and if so, to which. He received the reply, "to Hebron," a place peculiarly well adapted for a capital, not only from its situation upon the mountains, and in the centre of the tribe, but also from the sacred reminiscences connected with it from the olden time. David could have no doubt that, now that Saul was dead, he would have to give up his existing connection with the Philistines and return to his own land. But as the Philistines had taken the greater part of the Israelitish territory through their victory at Gilboa, and there was good reason to fear that the adherents of Saul, more especially the army with Abner, Saul's cousin, at its head, would refuse to acknowledge David as king, and consequently a civil war might break out, David would not return to his own land without the express permission of the Lord. 2Kings 1:2-4. When he went with his wives and all his retinue (vid., 1Kings 27:2) to Hebron and the "cities of Hebron," i.e., the places belonging to the territory of Hebron, the men of Judah came (in the persons of their elders) and anointed him king over the house, i.e., the tribe, of Judah. Just as Saul was made king by the tribes after his anointing by Samuel (1Kings 11:15), so David was first of all anointed by Judah here, and afterwards by the rest of the tribes (2Kings 5:3).
A new section commences with ויּגּדוּ. The first act of David as king was to send messengers to Jabesh, to thank the inhabitants of this city for burying Saul, and to announce to them his own anointing as king. As this expression of thanks involved a solemn recognition of the departed king, by which David divested himself of even the appearance of a rebellion, the announcement of the anointing he had received contained an indirect summons to the Jabeshites to recognise him as their king now.
John Gill
And it came to pass after this,.... After David had heard of the death of Saul and Jonathan, and made a lamentation over them, perhaps the next day; since David and his men are only said to mourn, and weep, and fast till even, 2Kings 1:10,
that David inquired of the Lord; of the Word of the Lord, as the Targum, by Abiathar the priest, and through the Urim and Thummim, in the ephod he had put on on this occasion:
saying, shall I go up into any of the cities of Judah? though the Lord had promised him the kingdom, and he had been anointed by Samuel by his appointment, yet he was not hasty to take it into his hands, but was desirous of acting according to the will of God, and by his direction, and wait his time when and where he should go and take possession of it; he mentions Judah because it was his own tribe, and where he had the most friends:
and the Lord said unto him, go up; from Ziklag into the tribe of Judah, but did not mention any particular place whither he should go; hence another question was put:
and David said, whither shall I go up? To what town or city in the tribe of Judah? whether Jerusalem or any other?
And he said, unto Hebron; a city of the priests, a city of refuge, Josh 21:13, twenty miles from Jerusalem, or more, which is not directed to, because it was then chiefly in the hands of the Jebusites, and because, as Procopius Gazaeus says, Hebron was now the metropolis of Judah.
2:22:2: Եւ ե՛լ Դաւիթ ՚ի Քեբրոն. եւ երկոքին կանայք նորա Աքինովամ Յեզրայելացի, եւ Աբիգեա կին Նաբաղու Կարմելացւոյ։
2 Տէրն ասաց՝ «Քեբրոն»: Դաւիթն իր երկու կանանց՝ յեզրայէլացի Աքինովամի եւ կարմեղացի Նաբաղի կին Աբիգեայի հետ եկաւ Քեբրոն:
2 Եւ Դաւիթ իր երկու կիները, այսինքն Յեզրայելացի Աքինոամն ու Կարմելացի Նաբաղի կինը Աբիգիան, իրեն հետ առնելով հոն ելաւ։
Եւ ել Դաւիթ ի Քեբրոն, եւ երկոքին կանայք նորա` Աքինովամ Յեզրայելացի եւ Աբիգեա կին Նաբաղու Կարմեղացւոյ:

2:2: Եւ ե՛լ Դաւիթ ՚ի Քեբրոն. եւ երկոքին կանայք նորա Աքինովամ Յեզրայելացի, եւ Աբիգեա կին Նաբաղու Կարմելացւոյ։
2 Տէրն ասաց՝ «Քեբրոն»: Դաւիթն իր երկու կանանց՝ յեզրայէլացի Աքինովամի եւ կարմեղացի Նաբաղի կին Աբիգեայի հետ եկաւ Քեբրոն:
2 Եւ Դաւիթ իր երկու կիները, այսինքն Յեզրայելացի Աքինոամն ու Կարմելացի Նաբաղի կինը Աբիգիան, իրեն հետ առնելով հոն ելաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:22:2 И пошел туда Давид и обе жены его, Ахиноама Изреелитянка и Авигея, {бывшая} жена Навала, Кармилитянка.
2:2 καὶ και and; even ἀνέβη αναβαινω step up; ascend ἐκεῖ εκει there Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith εἰς εις into; for Χεβρων χεβρων and; even ἀμφότεραι αμφοτερος both αἱ ο the γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him Αχινοομ αχινοομ the Ιεζραηλῖτις ιεζραηλιτις and; even Αβιγαια αβιγαια the γυνὴ γυνη woman; wife Ναβαλ ναβαλ the Καρμηλίου καρμηλιος Karmēlios; Karmilios
2:2 וַ wa וְ and יַּ֤עַל yyˈaʕal עלה ascend שָׁם֙ šˌām שָׁם there דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David וְ wᵊ וְ and גַ֖ם ḡˌam גַּם even שְׁתֵּ֣י šᵊttˈê שְׁנַיִם two נָשָׁ֑יו nāšˈāʸw אִשָּׁה woman אֲחִינֹ֨עַם֙ ʔᵃḥînˈōʕam אֲחִינֹעַם Ahinoam הַ ha הַ the יִּזְרְעֵלִ֔ית yyizrᵊʕēlˈîṯ יִזְרְעֵאלִי Jezreelite וַ wa וְ and אֲבִיגַ֕יִל ʔᵃvîḡˈayil אֲבִיגַיִל Abigail אֵ֖שֶׁת ʔˌēšeṯ אִשָּׁה woman נָבָ֥ל nāvˌāl נָבָל Nabal הַֽ hˈa הַ the כַּרְמְלִֽי׃ kkarmᵊlˈî כַּרְמְלִי Carmelite
2:2. ascendit ergo David et duae uxores eius Ahinoem Iezrahelites et Abigail uxor Nabal CarmeliSo David went up, and his two wives Achinoam the Jezrahelitess, and Abigail the wife of Nabal of Carmel:
2. So David went up thither, and his two wives also, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail the wife of Nabal the Carmelite.
2:2. Therefore, David ascended with his two wives, Ahinoam, the Jezreelite, and Abigail, the wife of Nabal of Carmel.
2:2. So David went up thither, and his two wives also, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail Nabal’s wife the Carmelite.
So David went up thither, and his two wives also, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail Nabal' s wife the Carmelite:

2:2 И пошел туда Давид и обе жены его, Ахиноама Изреелитянка и Авигея, {бывшая} жена Навала, Кармилитянка.
2:2
καὶ και and; even
ἀνέβη αναβαινω step up; ascend
ἐκεῖ εκει there
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
εἰς εις into; for
Χεβρων χεβρων and; even
ἀμφότεραι αμφοτερος both
αἱ ο the
γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
Αχινοομ αχινοομ the
Ιεζραηλῖτις ιεζραηλιτις and; even
Αβιγαια αβιγαια the
γυνὴ γυνη woman; wife
Ναβαλ ναβαλ the
Καρμηλίου καρμηλιος Karmēlios; Karmilios
2:2
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֤עַל yyˈaʕal עלה ascend
שָׁם֙ šˌām שָׁם there
דָּוִ֔ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַ֖ם ḡˌam גַּם even
שְׁתֵּ֣י šᵊttˈê שְׁנַיִם two
נָשָׁ֑יו nāšˈāʸw אִשָּׁה woman
אֲחִינֹ֨עַם֙ ʔᵃḥînˈōʕam אֲחִינֹעַם Ahinoam
הַ ha הַ the
יִּזְרְעֵלִ֔ית yyizrᵊʕēlˈîṯ יִזְרְעֵאלִי Jezreelite
וַ wa וְ and
אֲבִיגַ֕יִל ʔᵃvîḡˈayil אֲבִיגַיִל Abigail
אֵ֖שֶׁת ʔˌēšeṯ אִשָּׁה woman
נָבָ֥ל nāvˌāl נָבָל Nabal
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
כַּרְמְלִֽי׃ kkarmᵊlˈî כַּרְמְלִי Carmelite
2:2. ascendit ergo David et duae uxores eius Ahinoem Iezrahelites et Abigail uxor Nabal Carmeli
So David went up, and his two wives Achinoam the Jezrahelitess, and Abigail the wife of Nabal of Carmel:
2:2. Therefore, David ascended with his two wives, Ahinoam, the Jezreelite, and Abigail, the wife of Nabal of Carmel.
2:2. So David went up thither, and his two wives also, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail Nabal’s wife the Carmelite.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:2: Sa1 25:42, Sa1 25:43, Sa1 30:5; Luk 22:28, Luk 22:29
John Gill
So David went up thither,.... From Ziklag to Hebron, which was sixteen miles according to Bunting (y).
and his two wives also, Ahinoam the Jezreelitess, and Abigail, Nabal's wife, the Carmelite; who were beloved by him, and who had shared with him in his troubles, and which he took with him to partake of his honour and grandeur, wealth and riches; in which he was now a type of Christ. See Rom 8:17.
(y) Ut supra, (Travels &c.) p. 137.
2:32:3: Եւ արքն զորս եհան Դաւիթ իւրաքանչի՛ւր տամբ իւրով. եւ բանակէին ՚ի քաղաքին Քեբրոնի[3164]։ [3164] Այլք. Եւ բնակէին ՚ի քաղաքին Քեբ՛՛։
3 Դաւիթն իր հետ եկած մարդկանց, ամէն մէկին իր ընտանիքով բերեց, եւ նրանք բնակուեցին Քեբրոն քաղաքում:
3 Դաւիթ՝ իրեն հետ եղող մարդիկն ալ՝ ամէն մէկը իր ընտանիքովը, Քեբրոնի քաղաքներուն մէջ բնակեցան։
Եւ արքն զորս եհան Դաւիթ իւրաքանչիւր տամբ իւրով. եւ բանակէին ի քաղաքին Քեբրոնի:

2:3: Եւ արքն զորս եհան Դաւիթ իւրաքանչի՛ւր տամբ իւրով. եւ բանակէին ՚ի քաղաքին Քեբրոնի[3164]։
[3164] Այլք. Եւ բնակէին ՚ի քաղաքին Քեբ՛՛։
3 Դաւիթն իր հետ եկած մարդկանց, ամէն մէկին իր ընտանիքով բերեց, եւ նրանք բնակուեցին Քեբրոն քաղաքում:
3 Դաւիթ՝ իրեն հետ եղող մարդիկն ալ՝ ամէն մէկը իր ընտանիքովը, Քեբրոնի քաղաքներուն մէջ բնակեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:32:3 И людей, бывших с ним, привел Давид, каждого с семейством его, и поселились в городе Хевроне.
2:3 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband οἱ ο the μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἕκαστος εκαστος each καὶ και and; even ὁ ο the οἶκος οικος home; household αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατῴκουν κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the πόλεσιν πολις city Χεβρων χεβρων Chebrōn; Khevron
2:3 וַ wa וְ and אֲנָשָׁ֧יו ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עִמֹּ֛ו ʕimmˈô עִם with הֶעֱלָ֥ה heʕᵉlˌā עלה ascend דָוִ֖ד ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man וּ û וְ and בֵיתֹ֑ו vêṯˈô בַּיִת house וַ wa וְ and יֵּשְׁב֖וּ yyēšᵊvˌû ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town חֶבְרֹֽון׃ ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
2:3. sed et viros qui erant cum eo duxit David singulos cum domo sua et manserunt in oppidis HebronAnd the men also that were with him, David brought up every man with his household: and they abode in the towns of Hebron.
3. And his men that were with him did David bring up, every man with his household: and they dwelt in the cities of Hebron.
2:3. And as for the men who were with him, David led forth each man with his household. And they stayed in the towns of Hebron.
2:3. And his men that [were] with him did David bring up, every man with his household: and they dwelt in the cities of Hebron.
And his men that [were] with him did David bring up, every man with his household: and they dwelt in the cities of Hebron:

2:3 И людей, бывших с ним, привел Давид, каждого с семейством его, и поселились в городе Хевроне.
2:3
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
οἱ ο the
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
καὶ και and; even
ο the
οἶκος οικος home; household
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατῴκουν κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
πόλεσιν πολις city
Χεβρων χεβρων Chebrōn; Khevron
2:3
וַ wa וְ and
אֲנָשָׁ֧יו ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עִמֹּ֛ו ʕimmˈô עִם with
הֶעֱלָ֥ה heʕᵉlˌā עלה ascend
דָוִ֖ד ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
וּ û וְ and
בֵיתֹ֑ו vêṯˈô בַּיִת house
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּשְׁב֖וּ yyēšᵊvˌû ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
חֶבְרֹֽון׃ ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
2:3. sed et viros qui erant cum eo duxit David singulos cum domo sua et manserunt in oppidis Hebron
And the men also that were with him, David brought up every man with his household: and they abode in the towns of Hebron.
2:3. And as for the men who were with him, David led forth each man with his household. And they stayed in the towns of Hebron.
2:3. And his men that [were] with him did David bring up, every man with his household: and they dwelt in the cities of Hebron.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:3: his men: Sa1 22:2, Sa1 27:2, Sa1 27:3, Sa1 30:1, Sa1 30:9, Sa1 30:10; Ch1 12:1-7
the cities: Jos 21:11, Jos 21:12
Geneva 1599
And his men that [were] with (c) him did David bring up, every man with his household: and they dwelt in the cities of Hebron.
(c) In the time of his persecution.
John Gill
And his men that were with him did David bring up, every man with his household,.... They and their families, and no doubt provided well for them when he was settled on the throne, who had shown themselves to be his faithful friends, closely attached to his interest, and had run the risk of their all on his account. See Mt 19:28.
And they dwelt in the cities of Hebron; in the towns and villages about it; for that itself being a city of refuge, and inhabited by priests, there was not room enough for all David's men, who were now increasing, persons from various tribes flocking to him. See 1Chron 12:1.
John Wesley
Dwelt in - That is, the cities or towns belonging to Hebron, which was the Metropolis. For in Hebron itself there was not space for them all, because it was filled with priests, and with David's court.
2:42:4: Եւ եկին արք Հրէաստանի՝ եւ օծին անդ զԴաւիթ թագաւոր ՚ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ։ Եւ պատմեցին Դաւթայ եւ ասեն, եթէ արք Յաբիսայ Գաղաադացւոյ թաղեցի՛ն զՍաւուղ[3165]։ [3165] Ոմանք. Թագաւորել ՚ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ։
4 Եկան Հրէաստանի մարդիկ եւ այնտեղ Դաւթին Յուդայի տան վրայ թագաւոր օծեցին: Դաւթին յայտնեցին, թէ Գաղաադի Յաբիս բնակավայրի մարդիկ թաղել են Սաւուղին:
4 Յուդայի մարդիկը եկան ու հոն Դաւիթը Յուդային տանը վրայ թագաւոր օծեցին։ Եւ Դաւիթին պատմեցին ու ըսին թէ՝ ‘Գաղաադի Յաբիսին բնակիչները Սաւուղը թաղեցին’։
Եւ եկին արք Հրէաստանի եւ օծին անդ զԴաւիթ թագաւոր ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ: Եւ պատմեցին Դաւթայ եւ ասեն, եթէ` Արք Յաբիսայ Գաղաադացւոյ թաղեցին զՍաւուղ:

2:4: Եւ եկին արք Հրէաստանի՝ եւ օծին անդ զԴաւիթ թագաւոր ՚ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ։ Եւ պատմեցին Դաւթայ եւ ասեն, եթէ արք Յաբիսայ Գաղաադացւոյ թաղեցի՛ն զՍաւուղ[3165]։
[3165] Ոմանք. Թագաւորել ՚ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ։
4 Եկան Հրէաստանի մարդիկ եւ այնտեղ Դաւթին Յուդայի տան վրայ թագաւոր օծեցին: Դաւթին յայտնեցին, թէ Գաղաադի Յաբիս բնակավայրի մարդիկ թաղել են Սաւուղին:
4 Յուդայի մարդիկը եկան ու հոն Դաւիթը Յուդային տանը վրայ թագաւոր օծեցին։ Եւ Դաւիթին պատմեցին ու ըսին թէ՝ ‘Գաղաադի Յաբիսին բնակիչները Սաւուղը թաղեցին’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:42:4 И пришли мужи Иудины и помазали там Давида на царство над домом Иудиным. И донесли Давиду, что жители Иависа Галаадского погребли Саула.
2:4 καὶ και and; even ἔρχονται ερχομαι come; go ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband τῆς ο the Ιουδαίας ιουδαια Ioudaia; Iuthea καὶ και and; even χρίουσιν χριω anoint τὸν ο the Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐκεῖ εκει there τοῦ ο the βασιλεύειν βασιλευω reign ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the οἶκον οικος home; household Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha καὶ και and; even ἀπήγγειλαν απαγγελλω report τῷ ο the Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare ὅτι οτι since; that οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband Ιαβις ιαβις the Γαλααδίτιδος γαλααδιτιδος bury; have a funeral for τὸν ο the Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
2:4 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come אַנְשֵׁ֣י ʔanšˈê אִישׁ man יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah וַ wa וְ and יִּמְשְׁחוּ־ yyimšᵊḥû- משׁח smear שָׁ֧ם šˈām שָׁם there אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] דָּוִ֛ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David לְ lᵊ לְ to מֶ֖לֶךְ mˌeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house יְהוּדָ֑ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah וַ wa וְ and יַּגִּ֤דוּ yyaggˈiḏû נגד report לְ lᵊ לְ to דָוִד֙ ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֔ר ʔmˈōr אמר say אַנְשֵׁי֙ ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man יָבֵ֣ישׁ yāvˈêš יָבֵישׁ Jabesh גִּלְעָ֔ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] קָבְר֖וּ qāvᵊrˌû קבר bury אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שָׁאֽוּל׃ ס šāʔˈûl . s שָׁאוּל Saul
2:4. veneruntque viri Iuda et unxerunt ibi David ut regnaret super domum Iuda et nuntiatum est David quod viri Iabesgalaad sepelissent SaulAnd the men of Juda came, and anointed David there, to be king over the house of Juda. And it was told David that the men of Jabes Galaad had buried Saul.
4. And the men of Judah came, and there they anointed David king over the house of Judah. And they told David, saying, The men of Jabesh-gilead were they that buried Saul.
2:4. And the men of Judah went and anointed David there, so that he would reign over the house of Judah. And it was reported to David that the men of Jabesh Gilead had buried Saul.
2:4. And the men of Judah came, and there they anointed David king over the house of Judah. And they told David, saying, [That] the men of Jabeshgilead [were they] that buried Saul.
And the men of Judah came, and there they anointed David king over the house of Judah. And they told David, saying, [That] the men of Jabesh- gilead [were they] that buried Saul:

2:4 И пришли мужи Иудины и помазали там Давида на царство над домом Иудиным. И донесли Давиду, что жители Иависа Галаадского погребли Саула.
2:4
καὶ και and; even
ἔρχονται ερχομαι come; go
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
τῆς ο the
Ιουδαίας ιουδαια Ioudaia; Iuthea
καὶ και and; even
χρίουσιν χριω anoint
τὸν ο the
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐκεῖ εκει there
τοῦ ο the
βασιλεύειν βασιλευω reign
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
οἶκον οικος home; household
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
καὶ και and; even
ἀπήγγειλαν απαγγελλω report
τῷ ο the
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
ὅτι οτι since; that
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
Ιαβις ιαβις the
Γαλααδίτιδος γαλααδιτιδος bury; have a funeral for
τὸν ο the
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
2:4
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come
אַנְשֵׁ֣י ʔanšˈê אִישׁ man
יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
וַ wa וְ and
יִּמְשְׁחוּ־ yyimšᵊḥû- משׁח smear
שָׁ֧ם šˈām שָׁם there
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
דָּוִ֛ד dāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מֶ֖לֶךְ mˌeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house
יְהוּדָ֑ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
וַ wa וְ and
יַּגִּ֤דוּ yyaggˈiḏû נגד report
לְ lᵊ לְ to
דָוִד֙ ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֔ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
אַנְשֵׁי֙ ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man
יָבֵ֣ישׁ yāvˈêš יָבֵישׁ Jabesh
גִּלְעָ֔ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
קָבְר֖וּ qāvᵊrˌû קבר bury
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שָׁאֽוּל׃ ס šāʔˈûl . s שָׁאוּל Saul
2:4. veneruntque viri Iuda et unxerunt ibi David ut regnaret super domum Iuda et nuntiatum est David quod viri Iabesgalaad sepelissent Saul
And the men of Juda came, and anointed David there, to be king over the house of Juda. And it was told David that the men of Jabes Galaad had buried Saul.
2:4. And the men of Judah went and anointed David there, so that he would reign over the house of Judah. And it was reported to David that the men of Jabesh Gilead had buried Saul.
2:4. And the men of Judah came, and there they anointed David king over the house of Judah. And they told David, saying, [That] the men of Jabeshgilead [were they] that buried Saul.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:4: Anointed David king - He was anointed before by Samuel, by which he acquired jus ad regnum, a right To the kingdom; by the present anointing he had jus in regno, authority Over the kingdom. The other parts of the kingdom were, as yet, attached to the family of Saul.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:5
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:4: David had already been anointed by Samuel Sa1 16:13. His first anointing indicated God's secret purpose, his second the accomplishment of that purpose. (Compare the case of Saul, Sa1 10:1; Sa1 11:14.) David was anointed again king over Israel Sa2 5:3. The interval between the anointing of the Lord Jesus as the Christ of God, and His taking to Himself His kingdom and glory, seems to be thus typified.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:4: the men of Judah: Sa2 2:11, Sa2 19:11, Sa2 19:42; Gen 49:8-10
anointed: Sa2 2:7, Sa2 5:3, Sa2 5:5, Sa2 5:17; Sa1 16:13; Ch1 11:3
the men of Jabeshgilead: Sa1 31:11-13
John Gill
And the men of Judah came,.... The inhabitants of the tribe of Judah came from the several parts of it to Hebron, that is, the principal of them, the elders of each city:
and there they anointed David king over the house of Judah; they did not take upon them to make him king over all Israel, but left the rest of the tribes to act for themselves; and no doubt in this they had the mind of David, who was not willing to force himself upon the people at once, but by degrees get the whole government into his hands, as Providence should make his way; these men knew the kingdom was promised to their tribe, from Gen 49:10; and were quite clear in what they did, and, without question, knew that David had been anointed by Samuel: but as that anointing was only a declaration of the Lord's choice of him, and of his will that he should be king after Saul's death, he is again anointed by the people, as an inauguration into his office:
and they told David, saying, that the men of Jabeshgilead were they that buried Saul. It is highly probable, that as soon as David was anointed king, the first thing he thought of was to inquire after the body of the late king, and give it an honourable interment, and upon inquiry was told that the men of Jabeshgilead had buried him already. See 1Kings 31:11.
John Wesley
Anointed - This they did upon just grounds, because not only the kingdom was promised to that tribe, but David was designed and anointed by God, whose will both they and all Israel were obliged to obey. And they resolved not to neglect their duty, though they saw the other tribes would. Yet their modesty is observable, they make him king of Judah only, and not of all Israel. And therefore there was need of a third anointing to the kingdom over all Israel, which he had 2Kings 5:3, that first anointing; 1Kings 16:13, was only a designation of the person who should be king, but not an actual inauguration of him to the kingdom.
2:52:5: Եւ առաքեաց Դաւիթ հրեշտակս առ առաջնորդս Յաբիս Գաղաադացւոց, եւ ասէ ցնոսա Դաւիթ. Օրհնեա՛լ էք դուք ՚ի Տեառնէ, զի արարէք դուք զգութն զայն ՚ի վերայ տեառն ձերոյ Սաւուղայ օծելոյ Տեառն, եւ թաղեցէ՛ք զնա եւ զՅովնաթան զորդի նորա[3166]։ [3166] Ոմանք. Զոր արարէք դուք զգու՛՛։ Ոսկան. Օծելոյ Աստուծոյ։
5 Դաւիթը Գաղաադի Յաբիս բնակավայրի առաջնորդների մօտ պատգամաւորներ ուղարկեց եւ ասաց նրանց. «Օրհնեալ լինէք Տիրոջից, որ ձեր տիրոջ՝ Տիրոջից օծեալ Սաւուղի նկատմամբ բարեացակամ էք եղել՝ թաղել էք նրան ու իր որդի Յովնաթանին:
5 Դաւիթ Գաղաադի Յաբիսին բնակիչներուն պատգամաւորներ ղրկեց ու անոնց ըսաւ. «Դուք Տէրոջմէն օրհնեալ ըլլաք, որ ձեր տիրոջը Սաւուղին այս ողորմութիւնն ըրիք ու զանիկա թաղեցիք։
Եւ առաքեաց Դաւիթ հրեշտակս առ [8]առաջնորդս Յաբիս Գաղաադացւոյն, եւ ասէ ցնոսա Դաւիթ. Օրհնեալ էք դուք ի Տեառնէ, զի արարէք դուք զգութն զայն ի վերայ տեառն ձերոյ Սաւուղայ [9]օծելոյ Տեառն, եւ թաղեցէք զնա եւ զՅովնաթան զորդի նորա:

2:5: Եւ առաքեաց Դաւիթ հրեշտակս առ առաջնորդս Յաբիս Գաղաադացւոց, եւ ասէ ցնոսա Դաւիթ. Օրհնեա՛լ էք դուք ՚ի Տեառնէ, զի արարէք դուք զգութն զայն ՚ի վերայ տեառն ձերոյ Սաւուղայ օծելոյ Տեառն, եւ թաղեցէ՛ք զնա եւ զՅովնաթան զորդի նորա[3166]։
[3166] Ոմանք. Զոր արարէք դուք զգու՛՛։ Ոսկան. Օծելոյ Աստուծոյ։
5 Դաւիթը Գաղաադի Յաբիս բնակավայրի առաջնորդների մօտ պատգամաւորներ ուղարկեց եւ ասաց նրանց. «Օրհնեալ լինէք Տիրոջից, որ ձեր տիրոջ՝ Տիրոջից օծեալ Սաւուղի նկատմամբ բարեացակամ էք եղել՝ թաղել էք նրան ու իր որդի Յովնաթանին:
5 Դաւիթ Գաղաադի Յաբիսին բնակիչներուն պատգամաւորներ ղրկեց ու անոնց ըսաւ. «Դուք Տէրոջմէն օրհնեալ ըլլաք, որ ձեր տիրոջը Սաւուղին այս ողորմութիւնն ըրիք ու զանիկա թաղեցիք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:52:5 И отправил Давид послов к жителям Иависа Галаадского, сказать им: благословенны вы у Господа за то, что оказали эту милость господину своему Саулу, [помазаннику Господню,] и погребли его [и Ионафана, сына его],
2:5 καὶ και and; even ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἀγγέλους αγγελος messenger πρὸς προς to; toward τοὺς ο the ἡγουμένους ηγεομαι lead; consider Ιαβις ιαβις the Γαλααδίτιδος γαλααδιτιδος and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτούς αυτος he; him εὐλογημένοι ευλογεω commend; acclaim ὑμεῖς υμεις you τῷ ο the κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master ὅτι οτι since; that πεποιήκατε ποιεω do; make τὸ ο the ἔλεος ελεος mercy τοῦτο ουτος this; he ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the κύριον κυριος lord; master ὑμῶν υμων your ἐπὶ επι in; on Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul τὸν ο the χριστὸν χριστος Anointed κυρίου κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even ἐθάψατε θαπτω bury; have a funeral for αὐτὸν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν the υἱὸν υιος son αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:5 וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁלַ֤ח yyišlˈaḥ שׁלח send דָּוִד֙ dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David מַלְאָכִ֔ים malʔāḵˈîm מַלְאָךְ messenger אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אַנְשֵׁ֖י ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man יָבֵ֣ישׁ yāvˈêš יָבֵישׁ Jabesh גִּלְעָ֑ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם ʔᵃlêhˈem אֶל to בְּרֻכִ֤ים bᵊruḵˈîm ברך bless אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you לַֽ lˈa לְ to יהוָ֔ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עֲשִׂיתֶ֜ם ʕᵃśîṯˈem עשׂה make הַ ha הַ the חֶ֣סֶד ḥˈeseḏ חֶסֶד loyalty הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֗ה zzˈeh זֶה this עִם־ ʕim- עִם with אֲדֹֽנֵיכֶם֙ ʔᵃḏˈōnêḵem אָדֹון lord עִם־ ʕim- עִם with שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul וַֽ wˈa וְ and תִּקְבְּר֖וּ ttiqbᵊrˌû קבר bury אֹתֹֽו׃ ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker]
2:5. misit ergo David nuntios ad viros Iabesgalaad dixitque ad eos benedicti vos Domino qui fecistis misericordiam hanc cum domino vestro Saul et sepelistis eumDavid therefore sent messengers to the men of Jabes Galaad, and said to them: Blessed be you to the Lord, who have shewn this mercy to your master Saul, and have buried him.
5. And David sent messengers unto the men of Jabesh-gilead, and said unto them, Blessed be ye of the LORD, that ye have shewed this kindness unto your lord, even unto Saul, and have buried him.
2:5. Therefore, David sent messengers to the men of Jabesh Gilead, and he said to them: “Blessed are you to the Lord, who has accomplished this mercy with your lord Saul, so that you would bury him.
2:5. And David sent messengers unto the men of Jabeshgilead, and said unto them, Blessed [be] ye of the LORD, that ye have shewed this kindness unto your lord, [even] unto Saul, and have buried him.
And David sent messengers unto the men of Jabesh- gilead, and said unto them, Blessed [be] ye of the LORD, that ye have shewed this kindness unto your lord, [even] unto Saul, and have buried him:

2:5 И отправил Давид послов к жителям Иависа Галаадского, сказать им: благословенны вы у Господа за то, что оказали эту милость господину своему Саулу, [помазаннику Господню,] и погребли его [и Ионафана, сына его],
2:5
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἀγγέλους αγγελος messenger
πρὸς προς to; toward
τοὺς ο the
ἡγουμένους ηγεομαι lead; consider
Ιαβις ιαβις the
Γαλααδίτιδος γαλααδιτιδος and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
εὐλογημένοι ευλογεω commend; acclaim
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
τῷ ο the
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
ὅτι οτι since; that
πεποιήκατε ποιεω do; make
τὸ ο the
ἔλεος ελεος mercy
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
κύριον κυριος lord; master
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
τὸν ο the
χριστὸν χριστος Anointed
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ἐθάψατε θαπτω bury; have a funeral for
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
Ιωναθαν ιωναθαν the
υἱὸν υιος son
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:5
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁלַ֤ח yyišlˈaḥ שׁלח send
דָּוִד֙ dāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
מַלְאָכִ֔ים malʔāḵˈîm מַלְאָךְ messenger
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אַנְשֵׁ֖י ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man
יָבֵ֣ישׁ yāvˈêš יָבֵישׁ Jabesh
גִּלְעָ֑ד gilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם ʔᵃlêhˈem אֶל to
בְּרֻכִ֤ים bᵊruḵˈîm ברך bless
אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
יהוָ֔ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עֲשִׂיתֶ֜ם ʕᵃśîṯˈem עשׂה make
הַ ha הַ the
חֶ֣סֶד ḥˈeseḏ חֶסֶד loyalty
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֗ה zzˈeh זֶה this
עִם־ ʕim- עִם with
אֲדֹֽנֵיכֶם֙ ʔᵃḏˈōnêḵem אָדֹון lord
עִם־ ʕim- עִם with
שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
תִּקְבְּר֖וּ ttiqbᵊrˌû קבר bury
אֹתֹֽו׃ ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker]
2:5. misit ergo David nuntios ad viros Iabesgalaad dixitque ad eos benedicti vos Domino qui fecistis misericordiam hanc cum domino vestro Saul et sepelistis eum
David therefore sent messengers to the men of Jabes Galaad, and said to them: Blessed be you to the Lord, who have shewn this mercy to your master Saul, and have buried him.
2:5. Therefore, David sent messengers to the men of Jabesh Gilead, and he said to them: “Blessed are you to the Lord, who has accomplished this mercy with your lord Saul, so that you would bury him.
2:5. And David sent messengers unto the men of Jabeshgilead, and said unto them, Blessed [be] ye of the LORD, that ye have shewed this kindness unto your lord, [even] unto Saul, and have buried him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5-7: Отдавая жителям Иависа Галаадского дань благодарности и уважения за их верноподданнические чувства к Саулу, Давид вместе с тем сообщает им, что наследником этих чувств отныне является он, Давид, уже воцарившийся в Xевроне.

Неизвестно, как отнеслись бы к этому предложению жители Иависа, а с ними и все восточное Заиорданье, если бы не подоспело противоположное влияние Саулова полководца Авенира, который выдвинул права сына Саула - Иевосфея.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:5: David sent messengers unto - Jabesh-gilead - This was a generous and noble act, highly indicative of the grandeur of David's mind. He respected Saul as his once legitimate sovereign; he loved Jonathan as his most intimate friend. The former had greatly injured him, and sought his destruction; but even this did not cancel his respect for him, as the anointed of God, and as the king of Israel. This brings to my remembrance that fine speech of Saurin, when speaking of the banishment of the Protestants from France by the revocation of the edict of Nantes. He thus at the Hague apostrophizes Louis XIV., their persecutor: Et toi, prince redoubtable, que j'honorai jadis comme mon roi, et que je respecte encore comme le fleau do Seigneur. "And thou, O formidable prince, whom I once honored as my king, and whom I still reverence as the scourge of the Lord!"
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:7
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:5: David: This was a generous and noble act, highly indicative of the grandeur of David's mind. He respected Saul, though he had been greatly injured by him, as the anointed king of Israel, and once his legitimate sovereign; and he loved Jonathan as his most intimate friend.
Blessed: Rut 1:8, Rut 2:20, Rut 3:10; Sa1 23:21, Sa1 24:19, Sa1 25:32, Sa1 25:33; Psa 115:15
John Gill
And David sent messengers unto the men of Jabeshgilead,.... To return them thanks for their courage and boldness in rescuing the bodies of Saul and his sons out of the hands of the Philistines, and for their civility in the burial of them:
and said unto them, blessed be ye of the Lord; which may be considered either as a wish, the Lord bless you for it, or as a prediction, the Lord will bless you:
that ye have showed this kindness unto your lord, even unto Saul,
and have buried him. To bury the dead, with the Jews, was always reckoned an instance of humanity and kindness, and indeed of piety; an act done in imitation of God (z), who buried Moses, and so it might be expected the divine blessing would attend it.
(z) T. Bab. Bava Metzia, fol. 32. 2. and Sotah, fol. 14. 1.
John Wesley
Kindness - This respect and affection. For as it is, an act of inhumanity to deny burial to the dead; so it is an act of mercy and kindness to bury them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
David sent messengers unto the men of Jabesh-gilead--There can be no doubt that this message of thanks for their bold and dangerous enterprise in rescuing the bodies of Saul and his sons was an expression of David's personal and genuine feeling of satisfaction. At the same time, it was a stroke of sound and timely policy. In this view the announcement of his royal power in Judah, accompanied by the pledge of his protection of the men of Jabesh-gilead, should they be exposed to danger for their adventure at Beth-shan, would bear an important significance in all parts of the country and hold out an assurance that he would render them the same timely and energetic succor that Saul had done at the beginning of his reign.
2:62:6: Եւ արդ՝ արասցէ՛ Տէր ընդ ձեզ ողորմութիւն եւ ճշմարտութիւն. եւ ես հատուցից ձեզ ընդ բարութեանն այնորիկ զոր արարէք զբանն զայն[3167]։ [3167] Ոմանք. Զի արարէք զբանն զայն։
6 Արդ, Տէրը ձեր նկատմամբ ողորմութիւն եւ արդարութիւն թող ցուցաբերի, իսկ ես այդ բարի գործի համար հատուցելու եմ ձեզ:
6 Տէրը թող ձեզի ողորմութիւն ու ճշմարտութիւն ընէ՝ այս բանը ընելնուդ համար։ Ես ալ ձեզի այս աղէկութեան փոխարէնը պիտի հատուցանեմ։
Եւ արդ արասցէ Տէր ընդ ձեզ ողորմութիւն եւ ճշմարտութիւն. եւ ես հատուցից ձեզ ընդ բարութեանն այնորիկ զի արարէք զբանն զայն:

2:6: Եւ արդ՝ արասցէ՛ Տէր ընդ ձեզ ողորմութիւն եւ ճշմարտութիւն. եւ ես հատուցից ձեզ ընդ բարութեանն այնորիկ զոր արարէք զբանն զայն[3167]։
[3167] Ոմանք. Զի արարէք զբանն զայն։
6 Արդ, Տէրը ձեր նկատմամբ ողորմութիւն եւ արդարութիւն թող ցուցաբերի, իսկ ես այդ բարի գործի համար հատուցելու եմ ձեզ:
6 Տէրը թող ձեզի ողորմութիւն ու ճշմարտութիւն ընէ՝ այս բանը ընելնուդ համար։ Ես ալ ձեզի այս աղէկութեան փոխարէնը պիտի հատուցանեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:62:6 и ныне да воздаст вам Господь милостью и истиною; и я сделаю вам благодеяние за то, что вы это сделали;
2:6 καὶ και and; even νῦν νυν now; present ποιήσαι ποιεω do; make κύριος κυριος lord; master μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid ὑμῶν υμων your ἔλεος ελεος mercy καὶ και and; even ἀλήθειαν αληθεια truth καί και and; even γε γε in fact ἐγὼ εγω I ποιήσω ποιεω do; make μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid ὑμῶν υμων your τὰ ο the ἀγαθὰ αγαθος good ταῦτα ουτος this; he ὅτι οτι since; that ἐποιήσατε ποιεω do; make τὸ ο the ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase τοῦτο ουτος this; he
2:6 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתָּ֕ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now יַֽעַשׂ־ yˈaʕaś- עשׂה make יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH עִמָּכֶ֖ם ʕimmāḵˌem עִם with חֶ֣סֶד ḥˈeseḏ חֶסֶד loyalty וֶ we וְ and אֱמֶ֑ת ʔᵉmˈeṯ אֶמֶת trustworthiness וְ wᵊ וְ and גַ֣ם ḡˈam גַּם even אָנֹכִ֗י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i אֶעֱשֶׂ֤ה ʔeʕᵉśˈeh עשׂה make אִתְּכֶם֙ ʔittᵊḵˌem אֵת together with הַ ha הַ the טֹּובָ֣ה ṭṭôvˈā טֹובָה what is good הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make הַ ha הַ the דָּבָ֥ר ddāvˌār דָּבָר word הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
2:6. et nunc retribuet quidem vobis Dominus misericordiam et veritatem sed et ego reddam gratiam eo quod feceritis verbum istudAnd now the Lord surely will render you mercy and truth, and I also will requite you for this good turn, because you have done this thing.
6. And now the LORD shew kindness and truth unto you: and I also will requite you this kindness, because ye have done this thing.
2:6. And now, certainly, the Lord will repay to you mercy and truth. But I also will act with favor, because you have accomplished this word.
2:6. And now the LORD shew kindness and truth unto you: and I also will requite you this kindness, because ye have done this thing.
And now the LORD shew kindness and truth unto you: and I also will requite you this kindness, because ye have done this thing:

2:6 и ныне да воздаст вам Господь милостью и истиною; и я сделаю вам благодеяние за то, что вы это сделали;
2:6
καὶ και and; even
νῦν νυν now; present
ποιήσαι ποιεω do; make
κύριος κυριος lord; master
μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἔλεος ελεος mercy
καὶ και and; even
ἀλήθειαν αληθεια truth
καί και and; even
γε γε in fact
ἐγὼ εγω I
ποιήσω ποιεω do; make
μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid
ὑμῶν υμων your
τὰ ο the
ἀγαθὰ αγαθος good
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐποιήσατε ποιεω do; make
τὸ ο the
ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
2:6
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתָּ֕ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
יַֽעַשׂ־ yˈaʕaś- עשׂה make
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
עִמָּכֶ֖ם ʕimmāḵˌem עִם with
חֶ֣סֶד ḥˈeseḏ חֶסֶד loyalty
וֶ we וְ and
אֱמֶ֑ת ʔᵉmˈeṯ אֶמֶת trustworthiness
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַ֣ם ḡˈam גַּם even
אָנֹכִ֗י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
אֶעֱשֶׂ֤ה ʔeʕᵉśˈeh עשׂה make
אִתְּכֶם֙ ʔittᵊḵˌem אֵת together with
הַ ha הַ the
טֹּובָ֣ה ṭṭôvˈā טֹובָה what is good
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make
הַ ha הַ the
דָּבָ֥ר ddāvˌār דָּבָר word
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
2:6. et nunc retribuet quidem vobis Dominus misericordiam et veritatem sed et ego reddam gratiam eo quod feceritis verbum istud
And now the Lord surely will render you mercy and truth, and I also will requite you for this good turn, because you have done this thing.
2:6. And now, certainly, the Lord will repay to you mercy and truth. But I also will act with favor, because you have accomplished this word.
2:6. And now the LORD shew kindness and truth unto you: and I also will requite you this kindness, because ye have done this thing.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:6: the Lord: Sa2 15:20; Psa 57:3; Pro 14:22; Mat 5:7; Ti2 1:16-18
I also: Sa2 9:3, Sa2 9:7, Sa2 10:2; Mat 5:44, Mat 10:16; Plm 1:18, Plm 1:19
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

"And now," sc., that ye have shown this love to Saul your lord, "may Jehovah show you grace and truth." "Grace and truth" are connected together, as in Ex 34:6, as the two sides by which the goodness of God is manifested to men, namely in His forgiving grace, and in His trustworthiness, or the fulfilment of His promises (vid., Ps 25:10). "And I also show you this good," namely the prayer for the blessing of God (2Kings 2:5), because ye have done this (to Saul). In 2Kings 2:7 there is attached to this the demand, that now that Saul their lord was dead, and the Judaeans had anointed him (David) king, they would show themselves valiant, namely valiant in their reverence and fidelity towards David, who had become their king since the death of Saul. ידיכם תּחזקנה, i.e., be comforted, spirited (cf. Judg 7:11). It needed some resolution and courage to recognise David as king, because Saul's army had fled to Gilead, and there was good ground for apprehending opposition to David on the part of Abner. Ishbosheth, however, does not appear to have been proclaimed king yet; or at any rate the fact was not yet known to David. וגם does not belong to אתי, but to the whole clause, as אתי is placed first merely for the sake of emphasis.
Geneva 1599
And now the LORD shew kindness and (d) truth unto you: and I also will requite you this kindness, because ye have done this thing.
(d) According to his promise, which is to repay those who are merciful.
John Gill
And now the Lord show kindness and truth unto you,.... Or true kindness; confer real favours, bestow upon you good and substantial blessings, blessings indeed!
and I also will requite you this kindness, because ye have done this thing. He not only prayed to God to bless them and reward them for it, but would remember them himself, and at a proper opportunity would show favour to them for this act of kindness to Saul. De Dieu proposes to consideration whether it may not be as well interpreted to this sense, "and I also do you this kindness" because of it; that is, have done you this honour by sending messengers to you, to thank you for it, and by wishing a blessing upon you on account of it, and by praising and commending you for it; but the former sense seems best.
John Wesley
Kindness and truth - That is, true and real kindness; not in words only, but also in actions, as you have done to your king. I will requite - So far am I from being offended with you for this kindness to my late enemy.
2:72:7: Եւ արդ՝ զօրասցի՛ն ձեռք ձեր, եւ լերո՛ւք յորդիս զօրութեան. զի մեռաւ տէրն ձեր Սաւուղ. եւ զիս օծ տունս Յուդայ ՚ի թագաւոր իւրեանց[3168]։[3168] Այլք. Իւրեանց ՚ի թագաւոր, կամ՝ թագաւոր։
7 Թող ձեր ձեռքերը զօրանան, ու դուք քաջասիրտ լինէք: Մեռաւ ձեր տէրը՝ Սաւուղը, եւ Յուդայի տունն ինձ իր վրայ թագաւոր է օծել»:
7 Հիմա ձեր ձեռքը թող ուժովնայ ու զօրաւոր կտրիճներ եղէք. քանզի ձեր տէրը՝ Սաւուղ մեռաւ եւ Յուդայի տունը զիս իրենց վրայ թագաւոր օծեցին»։
Եւ արդ զօրասցին ձեռք ձեր, եւ լերուք յորդիս զօրութեան. զի մեռաւ տէրն ձեր Սաւուղ, եւ զիս օծ տունս Յուդայ իւրեանց ի թագաւոր:

2:7: Եւ արդ՝ զօրասցի՛ն ձեռք ձեր, եւ լերո՛ւք յորդիս զօրութեան. զի մեռաւ տէրն ձեր Սաւուղ. եւ զիս օծ տունս Յուդայ ՚ի թագաւոր իւրեանց[3168]։
[3168] Այլք. Իւրեանց ՚ի թագաւոր, կամ՝ թագաւոր։
7 Թող ձեր ձեռքերը զօրանան, ու դուք քաջասիրտ լինէք: Մեռաւ ձեր տէրը՝ Սաւուղը, եւ Յուդայի տունն ինձ իր վրայ թագաւոր է օծել»:
7 Հիմա ձեր ձեռքը թող ուժովնայ ու զօրաւոր կտրիճներ եղէք. քանզի ձեր տէրը՝ Սաւուղ մեռաւ եւ Յուդայի տունը զիս իրենց վրայ թագաւոր օծեցին»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:72:7 ныне да укрепятся руки ваши, и будьте мужественны; ибо господин ваш Саул умер, а меня помазал дом Иудин царем над собою.
2:7 καὶ και and; even νῦν νυν now; present κραταιούσθωσαν κραταιοω have dominion αἱ ο the χεῖρες χειρ hand ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even γίνεσθε γινομαι happen; become εἰς εις into; for υἱοὺς υιος son δυνατούς δυνατος possible; able ὅτι οτι since; that τέθνηκεν θνησκω die; departed ὁ ο the κύριος κυριος lord; master ὑμῶν υμων your Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul καί και and; even γε γε in fact ἐμὲ εμε me κέχρικεν χριω anoint ὁ ο the οἶκος οικος home; household Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ἑαυτοὺς εαυτου of himself; his own εἰς εις into; for βασιλέα βασιλευς monarch; king
2:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתָּ֣ה׀ ʕattˈā עַתָּה now תֶּחֱזַ֣קְנָה teḥᵉzˈaqnā חזק be strong יְדֵיכֶ֗ם yᵊḏêḵˈem יָד hand וִֽ wˈi וְ and הְיוּ֙ hᵊyˌû היה be לִ li לְ to בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son חַ֔יִל ḥˈayil חַיִל power כִּי־ kî- כִּי that מֵ֖ת mˌēṯ מות die אֲדֹנֵיכֶ֣ם ʔᵃḏōnêḵˈem אָדֹון lord שָׁא֑וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul וְ wᵊ וְ and גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even אֹתִ֗י ʔōṯˈî אֵת [object marker] מָשְׁח֧וּ māšᵊḥˈû משׁח smear בֵית־ vêṯ- בַּיִת house יְהוּדָ֛ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah לְ lᵊ לְ to מֶ֖לֶךְ mˌeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king עֲלֵיהֶֽם׃ פ ʕᵃlêhˈem . f עַל upon
2:7. confortentur manus vestrae et estote filii fortitudinis licet enim mortuus sit dominus vester Saul tamen me unxit domus Iuda regem sibiLet your hands be strengthened, and be ye men of valour: for although your master Saul be dead, yet the house of Juda hath anointed me to be their king.
7. Now therefore let your hands be strong, and be ye valiant: for Saul your lord is dead, and also the house of Judah have anointed me king over them.
2:7. Let your hands be strengthened, and be sons of fortitude. For even though your lord Saul has died, still the house of Judah has anointed me as king over them.”
2:7. Therefore now let your hands be strengthened, and be ye valiant: for your master Saul is dead, and also the house of Judah have anointed me king over them.
Therefore now let your hands be strengthened, and be ye valiant: for your master Saul is dead, and also the house of Judah have anointed me king over them:

2:7 ныне да укрепятся руки ваши, и будьте мужественны; ибо господин ваш Саул умер, а меня помазал дом Иудин царем над собою.
2:7
καὶ και and; even
νῦν νυν now; present
κραταιούσθωσαν κραταιοω have dominion
αἱ ο the
χεῖρες χειρ hand
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
γίνεσθε γινομαι happen; become
εἰς εις into; for
υἱοὺς υιος son
δυνατούς δυνατος possible; able
ὅτι οτι since; that
τέθνηκεν θνησκω die; departed
ο the
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ὑμῶν υμων your
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
καί και and; even
γε γε in fact
ἐμὲ εμε me
κέχρικεν χριω anoint
ο the
οἶκος οικος home; household
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ἑαυτοὺς εαυτου of himself; his own
εἰς εις into; for
βασιλέα βασιλευς monarch; king
2:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתָּ֣ה׀ ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
תֶּחֱזַ֣קְנָה teḥᵉzˈaqnā חזק be strong
יְדֵיכֶ֗ם yᵊḏêḵˈem יָד hand
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
הְיוּ֙ hᵊyˌû היה be
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
חַ֔יִל ḥˈayil חַיִל power
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
מֵ֖ת mˌēṯ מות die
אֲדֹנֵיכֶ֣ם ʔᵃḏōnêḵˈem אָדֹון lord
שָׁא֑וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even
אֹתִ֗י ʔōṯˈî אֵת [object marker]
מָשְׁח֧וּ māšᵊḥˈû משׁח smear
בֵית־ vêṯ- בַּיִת house
יְהוּדָ֛ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מֶ֖לֶךְ mˌeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
עֲלֵיהֶֽם׃ פ ʕᵃlêhˈem . f עַל upon
2:7. confortentur manus vestrae et estote filii fortitudinis licet enim mortuus sit dominus vester Saul tamen me unxit domus Iuda regem sibi
Let your hands be strengthened, and be ye men of valour: for although your master Saul be dead, yet the house of Juda hath anointed me to be their king.
2:7. Let your hands be strengthened, and be sons of fortitude. For even though your lord Saul has died, still the house of Judah has anointed me as king over them.”
2:7. Therefore now let your hands be strengthened, and be ye valiant: for your master Saul is dead, and also the house of Judah have anointed me king over them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:7: Now let your hands be strengthened - David certainly wished to attach the men of Jabesh to his interest; he saw that they were generous and valiant, and must be of great service to him whose part they espoused; and he was no doubt afraid that they would attach themselves to the house of Saul, in consideration of the eminent services Saul had rendered them in rescuing them from Nahash, king of the Ammonites.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:8
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:7: let your: Sa2 10:12; Gen 15:1; Sa1 4:9, Sa1 31:7, Sa1 31:12; Co1 16:13; Eph 6:10
valiant: Heb. the sons of valour
Geneva 1599
Therefore now let your hands be strengthened, and be ye valiant: for your master Saul is dead, and also the house of Judah have anointed me (e) king over them.
(e) So that you shall not want a captain and a defender.
John Gill
Now therefore let your hands be strengthened, and be ye valiant,.... And not be afraid of the Philistines, who might resent their conduct in taking away from them the bodies of Saul and his sons, whom they had hung up in triumph; and these men might fear they would bring their armies against them, and destroy them; but David bids them be of good heart and courage, and not be afraid of them:
for your master Saul is dead; or rather "though" (a) he is dead; for that he was dead they knew full well, having buried him, and needed no information of it; but being dead, they might be discouraged, as having none to protect and defend them, or come to their relief as he did, should they be attacked:
and also the house of Judah have anointed me king over them; or "for even", or "notwithstanding" (b); and this therefore being the case, he would take their parts, and help and assist them; and which he suggests to them, to invite them to own him as their king also, and put themselves under his protection.
(a) "licet enim", V. L. "quamvis", Piscator. So Pool and Patrick. (b) "tamen", V. L. "nam similiter", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator.
John Wesley
Be valiant - Be not afraid lest the Philistines should punish you for this fact, but take good courage, I will defend you. For, &c. - Or, though your master Saul be dead, and so your hearts may faint, as if you were now sheep without a shepherd.
2:82:8: Եւ Աբեննե՛ր որդի Ներեայ զօրավա՛ր Սաւուղայ ա՛ռ զՅեբուսթէ զորդի Սաւուղայ, եւ տարաւ զնա ՚ի բանակն.
8 Սաւուղի զօրավար Ների որդի Աբենները Սաւուղի որդի Յեբուսթէին առաւ տարաւ բանակատեղի
8 Սաւուղին զօրավարը՝ Ներեան Աբեններ՝ Սաւուղին որդին Յեբուսթէն առաւ ու զանիկա Մանայիմ տարաւ
Եւ Աբեններ որդի Ներեայ զօրավար Սաւուղայ առ զՅեբուսթէ զորդի Սաւուղայ, եւ տարաւ զնա [10]ի բանակն:

2:8: Եւ Աբեննե՛ր որդի Ներեայ զօրավա՛ր Սաւուղայ ա՛ռ զՅեբուսթէ զորդի Սաւուղայ, եւ տարաւ զնա ՚ի բանակն.
8 Սաւուղի զօրավար Ների որդի Աբենները Սաւուղի որդի Յեբուսթէին առաւ տարաւ բանակատեղի
8 Սաւուղին զօրավարը՝ Ներեան Աբեններ՝ Սաւուղին որդին Յեբուսթէն առաւ ու զանիկա Մանայիմ տարաւ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:82:8 Но Авенир, сын Ниров, начальник войска Саулова, взял Иевосфея, сына Саулова, и привел его в Маханаим,
2:8 καὶ και and; even Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ son Νηρ νηρ the Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get τὸν ο the Ιεβοσθε ιεβοσθε son Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul καὶ και and; even ἀνεβίβασεν αναβιβαζω pull up; mount αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks εἰς εις into; for Μαναεμ μαναεμ Manaem
2:8 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַבְנֵ֣ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son נֵ֔ר nˈēr נֵר Ner שַׂר־ śar- שַׂר chief צָבָ֖א ṣāvˌā צָבָא service אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לְ lᵊ לְ to שָׁא֑וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul לָקַ֗ח lāqˈaḥ לקח take אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אִ֥ישׁ בֹּ֨שֶׁת֙ ʔˌîš bˈōšeṯ אִישׁ בֹּשֶׁת Ish-Bosheth בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul וַ wa וְ and יַּעֲבִרֵ֖הוּ yyaʕᵃvirˌēhû עבר pass מַחֲנָֽיִם׃ maḥᵃnˈāyim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
2:8. Abner autem filius Ner princeps exercitus Saul tulit Hisboseth filium Saul et circumduxit eum per CastraBut Abner the son of Ner, general of Saul's army, took Isboseth the son of Saul, and led him about through the camp,
8. Now Abner the son of Ner, captain of Saul’s host, had taken Ish-bosheth the son of Saul, and brought him over to Mahanaim;
2:8. Then Abner, the son of Ner, the leader of the army of Saul, took Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, and he led him around, throughout the camp.
2:8. But Abner the son of Ner, captain of Saul’s host, took Ishbosheth the son of Saul, and brought him over to Mahanaim;
But Abner the son of Ner, captain of Saul' s host, took Ish- bosheth the son of Saul, and brought him over to Mahanaim:

2:8 Но Авенир, сын Ниров, начальник войска Саулова, взял Иевосфея, сына Саулова, и привел его в Маханаим,
2:8
καὶ και and; even
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ son
Νηρ νηρ the
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get
τὸν ο the
Ιεβοσθε ιεβοσθε son
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
καὶ και and; even
ἀνεβίβασεν αναβιβαζω pull up; mount
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
εἰς εις into; for
Μαναεμ μαναεμ Manaem
2:8
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַבְנֵ֣ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
נֵ֔ר nˈēr נֵר Ner
שַׂר־ śar- שַׂר chief
צָבָ֖א ṣāvˌā צָבָא service
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שָׁא֑וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
לָקַ֗ח lāqˈaḥ לקח take
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אִ֥ישׁ בֹּ֨שֶׁת֙ ʔˌîš bˈōšeṯ אִישׁ בֹּשֶׁת Ish-Bosheth
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעֲבִרֵ֖הוּ yyaʕᵃvirˌēhû עבר pass
מַחֲנָֽיִם׃ maḥᵃnˈāyim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
2:8. Abner autem filius Ner princeps exercitus Saul tulit Hisboseth filium Saul et circumduxit eum per Castra
But Abner the son of Ner, general of Saul's army, took Isboseth the son of Saul, and led him about through the camp,
2:8. Then Abner, the son of Ner, the leader of the army of Saul, took Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, and he led him around, throughout the camp.
2:8. But Abner the son of Ner, captain of Saul’s host, took Ishbosheth the son of Saul, and brought him over to Mahanaim;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
8-11: Долговременное скитание Давида в пределах соседних языческих народов в значительной степени ослабило ту популярность, которой он пользовался среди евреев в период своих блестящих столкновений с неприятелями народа. Народ стал забывать о Давиде. А те, кто помнили или слышали о нем, уже не восторгались им, видя его в стане своих исконных врагов - филистимлян (1: Цар. XXVII-XXVIII). Предприимчивый и отважный полководец Саула Авенир воспользовался этим обстоятельством: указал, по всей вероятности, на тягостный гнет (после неудачной битвы, 1: Цар. XXXI) филистимского ига, кажущуюся двусмысленность поведения Давида и без особого труда убедил израильтян признать над собой царем младшего сына Саулова - Иевосфея, обещая, со своей стороны, полную готовность выступить под знаменами нового царя против поработителей еврейского народа филистимлян, успевших утвердиться к этому уже в большей части западного Заиорданья.

Маханаим - город в средней части восточного Заиорданья, к югу от Иависа Галаадского.

Галаад - близлежащие области восточного Заиорданья.

Вместо Ашур некоторые читают Ассир.

Чтобы не остаться царем только в Xевроне, Давид должен был принять активные меры против ставленника Авенира - Иевосфея. Военным представителем и защитником прав Давида явился его полководец Иоав.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
A Civil War in Israel. B. C. 1053.

8 But Abner the son of Ner, captain of Saul's host, took Ishbosheth the son of Saul, and brought him over to Mahanaim; 9 And made him king over Gilead, and over the Ashurites, and over Jezreel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all Israel. 10 Ishbosheth Saul's son was forty years old when he began to reign over Israel, and reigned two years. But the house of Judah followed David. 11 And the time that David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah was seven years and six months. 12 And Abner the son of Ner, and the servants of Ishbosheth the son of Saul, went out from Mahanaim to Gibeon. 13 And Joab the son of Zeruiah, and the servants of David, went out, and met together by the pool of Gibeon: and they sat down, the one on the one side of the pool, and the other on the other side of the pool. 14 And Abner said to Joab, Let the young men now arise, and play before us. And Joab said, Let them arise. 15 Then there arose and went over by number twelve of Benjamin, which pertained to Ishbosheth the son of Saul, and twelve of the servants of David. 16 And they caught every one his fellow by the head, and thrust his sword in his fellow's side; so they fell down together: wherefore that place was called Helkath-hazzurim, which is in Gibeon. 17 And there was a very sore battle that day; and Abner was beaten, and the men of Israel, before the servants of David.
Here is, I. A rivalship between two kings--David, whom God made king, and Ishbosheth, whom Abner made king. One would have thought, when Saul was slain, and all his sons that had sense and spirit enough to take the field with him, David would come to the throne without any opposition, since all Israel knew, not only how he had signalized himself, but how manifestly God had designated him to it; but such a spirit of contradiction is there, in the devices of men, to the counsels of God, that such a weak and silly thing as Ishbosheth, who was not thought fit to go with his father to the battle, shall yet be thought fit to succeed him in the government, rather than David shall come peaceably to it. Herein David's kingdom was typical of the Messiah's, against which the heathens rage and the rulers take counsel, Ps. ii. 1, 2. 1. Abner was the person who set up Ishbosheth in competition with David, perhaps in his zeal for the lineal succession (since they must have a king like the nations, in this they must be like them, that the crown must descend from father to son), or rather in his affection to his own family and relations (for he was Saul's uncle), and because he had no other way to secure to himself the post of honour he was in, as captain of the host. See how much mischief the pride and ambition of one man may be the occasion of. Ishbosheth would never have set up himself if Abner had not set him up, and made a tool of him to serve his own purposes. 2. Mahanaim, the place where he first made his claim, was on the other side Jordan, where it was thought David had the least interest, and being at a distance from his forces they might have time to strengthen themselves. But having set up his standard there, the unthinking people of all the tribes of Israel (that is, the generality of them) submitted to him (v. 9), and Judah only was entirely for David. This was a further trial of the faith of David in the promise of God, and of his patience, whether he could wait God's time for the performance of that promise. 3. Some difficulty there is about the time of the continuance of this competition. David reigned about seven years over Judah only (v. 11), and yet (v. 10) Ishbosheth reigned over Israel but two years: before those two years, or after, or both, it was in general for the house of Saul (ch. iii. 6), and not any particular person of that house, that Abner declared. Or these two years he reigned before the war broke out (v. 12), which continued long, even the remaining five years, ch. iii. 1.
II. An encounter between their two armies.
1. It does not appear that either side brought their whole force into the field, for the slaughter was but small, v. 30, 31. We may wonder, (1.) That the men of Judah did not appear and act more vigorously for David, to reduce all the nation into obedience to him; but, it is likely, David would not suffer them to act offensively, choosing rather to wait till the thing would do itself or rather till God would do it for him, without the effusion of Israelitish blood; for to him, as a type of Christ, that was very precious, Ps. lxxii. 14. Even those that were his adversaries he looked upon as his subjects, and would treat them accordingly. (2.) That the men of Israel could in a manner stand neuter, and sit down tamely under Ishbosheth, for so many years, especially considering what characters many of the tribes displayed at this time (as we find, 1 Chron. xii. 23, &c.): Wise men, mighty men, men of valour, expert in war, and not of double heart, and yet for seven years together, for aught that appears, most of them seemed indifferent in whose hand the public administration was. Divine Providence serves its own purposes by the stupidity of men at some times and the activity of the same persons at other times; they are unlike themselves, and yet the motions of Providence are uniform.
2. In this battle Abner was the aggressor. David sat still to see how the matter would fall, but the house of Saul, and Abner at the head of it, gave the challenge, and they went by the worst. Therefore go not forth hastily to strive, nor be forward to begin quarrels, lest thou know not what to do in the end thereof, Prov. xxv. 8. A fool's lips and hands enter into contention.
3. The seat of the war was Gibeon. Abner chose it because it was in the lot of Benjamin, where Saul had the most friends; yet, since he offered battle, Joab, David's general, would not decline it, but there joined issue with him, and met him by the pool of Gibeon, v. 13. David's cause, being built upon God's promise, feared not the disadvantages of the ground. The pool between them gave both sides time to deliberate.
4. The engagement was at first proposed by Abner, and accepted by Joab, to be between twelve and twelve of a side. (1.) It should seem this trial of skill began in sport. Abner made the motion (v. 14): Let the young men arise and play before us, as gladiators. Perhaps Saul had used his men to these barbarous pastimes, like a tyrant indeed, and Abner had learnt of him to make a jest of wounds and death and divert himself with the scenes of blood and horror. He meant, "Let them fight before us," when he said, "Let them play before us." Fools thus make a mock at sin. but he is unworthy the name of a man that can be thus prodigal of human blood, that can thus throw about firebrands, arrows, and death, and say, Am not I in sport? Prov. xxvi. 18, 19. Joab, having been bred up under David, had so much wisdom as not to make such a proposal, yet had not resolution enough to resist and gainsay it when another made it; for he stood upon a point of honour, and thought it a blemish to his reputation to refuse a challenge, and therefore said, Let them arise; not that he was fond of the sport, or expected that the duels would be decisive, but he would not be hectored by his antagonist. How many precious lives have thus been sacrificed to the caprices of proud men! Twelve of each side were accordingly called out as champions to enter the lists, a double jury of life and death, not of others', but their own; and the champions on Abner's side seem to have been most forward, for they took the field first (v. 15), having perhaps been bred up in a foolish ambition thus to serve the humour of their commander-in-chief. But, (2.) However it began, it ended in blood (v. 16): They thrust every man his sword into his fellow's side (spurred on by honour, not by enmity); so they fell down together, that is, all the twenty-four were slain, such an equal match were they for one another, and so resolute, that neither side would either beg or give quarter; they did as it were by agreement (says Josephus) dispatch one another with mutual wounds. Those that strike at other men's lives often throw away their own and death only conquers and rides in triumph. The wonderful obstinacy of both sides was remembered in the name given to the place: Helkath-hazzurim--the field of rocky men, men that were not only strong in body, but of firm and unshaken constancy, that stirred not at the sight of death. Yet the stout-hearted were spoiled, and slept their sleep, Ps. lxxvi. 5. Poor honour for men to purchase at so vast an expense! Those that lose their lives for Christ shall find them.
5. The whole army at length engaged, and Abner's forces were routed, v. 17. The former was a drawn battle, in which all were killed on both sides, and therefore they must put it upon another trial, in which (as it often happens) those that gave the challenge went away with loss. David had God on his side; his side therefore was victorious.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:8: Abner the son of Ner - This man had long been one of the chief captains of Saul's army, and commander-in-chief on several occasions; he was probably envious of David's power, by whom he had often been out-generalled in the field.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:9
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:8: Mahanaim - See Gen 32:2. From Sa2 2:12 it would seem to have been Ish-bosheth's capital.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:8: Abner: Sa1 14:50, Sa1 17:55, Sa1 26:14
Saul's host: Heb. the host which was Saul's
Ishbosheth: Sa2 3:7, Sa2 3:8, Sa2 4:5, Sa2 4:6; Ch1 8:33, Ch1 9:39, Esh-baal
Mahanaim: Sa2 17:26, Sa2 17:27; Gen 32:2
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Promotion of Ishbosheth to be king over Israel. - The account of this is attached to the foregoing in the form of an antithesis: "But Abner, the chief captain of Saul (see at 1Kings 14:50), had taken Ishbosheth the son of Saul, and led him over to Mahanaim." Ishbosheth had probably been in the battle at Gilboa, and fled with Abner across the Jordan after the battle had been lost. Ishbosheth (i.e., man of shame) was the fourth son of Saul (according to 1Chron 8:33; 1Chron 9:39): his proper name was Esh-baal (i.e., fire of Baal, probably equivalent to destroyer of Baal). This name was afterwards changed into Ishbosheth, just as the name of the god Baal was also translated into Bosheth ("shame," Hos 9:10; Jer 3:24, etc.), and Jerubbaal changed into Jerubbosheth (see at Judg 8:35). Ewald's supposition, that bosheth was originally employed in a good sense as well, like αἰδως and פּחד (Gen 31:53), cannot be sustained. Mahanaim was on the eastern side of the Jordan, not far from the ford of Jabbok, and was an important place for the execution of Abner's plans, partly from its historical associations (Gen 32:2-3), and partly also from its situation. There he made Ishbosheth king "for Gilead," i.e., the whole of the land to the east of the Jordan (as in Num 32:29; Josh 22:9, etc.). "For the Ashurites:" this reading is decidedly faulty, since we can no more suppose it to refer to Assyria (Asshur) than to the Arabian tribe of the Assurim (Gen 25:3); but the true name cannot be discovered.
(Note: In the Septuagint we find Θασιρὶ or Θασούρ, an equally mistaken form. The Chaldee has "over the tribe of Asher," which is also unsuitable, unless we include the whole of the northern portion of Canaan, including the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali. But there is no proof that the name Asher was ever extended to the territory of the three northern tribes. We should be rather disposed to agree with Bachienne, who supposes it to refer to the city of Asher (Josh 17:7) and its territory, as this city was in the south-east of Jezreel, and Abner may possibly have conquered this district for Ishbosheth with Gilead as a base, before he ventured to dispute the government of Israel with the Philistines, if only we could discover any reason why the inhabitants ("the Ashurites") should be mentioned instead of the city Asher, or if it were at all likely that one city should be introduced in the midst of a number of large districts. The Syriac and Vulgate have Geshuri, and therefore seem to have read or conjectured הגּשׁוּרי; and Thenius decides in favour of this, understanding the name Geshur to refer to the most northerly portion of the land on both sides of the Jordan, from Mount Hermon to the Lake of Gennesareth (as in Deut 3:14; Josh 12:5; Josh 13:13; 1Chron 2:23). But no such usage of speech can be deduced from any of these passages, as Geshuri is used there to denote the land of the Geshurites, on the north-east of Bashan, which had a king of its own in the time of David (see at 2Kings 3:3), and which Abner would certainly never have thought of conquering.)
"And for Jezreel," i.e., not merely the city of that name, but the plain that was named after it (as in 1Kings 29:1). "And for Ephraim, and Benjamin, and all (the rest of) Israel," of course not including Judah, where David had already been acknowledged as king.
John Gill
But Abner, the son of Ner, captain of Saul's host,.... This man's father, Ner, was Saul's uncle, 1Kings 14:50, and he was his own cousin, and being general of his army, a post he was willing to keep, might be the reasons for doing what he did, as follows:
took Ishbosheth the son of Saul; and who seems to be his only son left, except what he had by his concubine. This man's name is Eshbaal in 1Chron 8:33. Baal is the name of a shameful idol, and which was therefore sometimes called Bosheth, "shame". See Hos 9:10; wherefore such names of men, which had Baal in them, were changed for Besheth or Bosheth, as the names of Jerubbaal and Meribbaal, who were called Jerubbesheth and Mephibosheth. See Judg 8:35; compared with 2Kings 11:21, and 2Kings 4:4 with 1Chron 8:34. The latter of these, a son of Jonathan, bid fairest for the crown by lineal succession, but he being but five years of age, and lame, this man Abner judged fittest for his purpose; and though he knew it was the will of God, and he had sworn that David should be king, yet so blind and obstinate was his ambition, that he set up another against him:
and brought him over to Mahanaim; a city on the other side Jordan, in the tribe of Gad, on the border of the half tribe of Manasseh; see Josh 13:26; and hither Abner had Ishbosheth, partly to keep the men of Jabeshgilead in awe, to whom David had sent messengers, acquainting them with his being king of Judah, and prevent their joining with him; and partly that he might be at a proper distance both from the Philistines and from David, till he could form his measures, and gradually carry his point, as he did.
John Wesley
Abner - Tho' ambition and desire of rule, because he knew that Ishbosheth would have only the name of king, whilst he had the power.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
ABNER MAKES ISH-BOSHETH KING OVER ISRAEL. (2Kings 2:8-17)
Abner the son of Ner, captain of Saul's host took Ish-bosheth--Here was the establishment of a rival kingdom, which, however, would probably have had no existence but for Abner.
Ish-bosheth--or "Esh-baal" (1Chron 8:33; 1Chron 9:39). The Hebrews usually changed names ending with Baal into Bosheth ("shame") (compare Judg 9:53 with 2Kings 11:21). This prince was so called from his imbecility.
Abner--was first cousin of Saul, commander of the forces, and held in high respect throughout the country. Loyalty to the house of his late master was mixed up with opposition to David and views of personal ambition in his originating this factious movement. He, too, was alive to the importance of securing the eastern tribes; so, taking Ish-bosheth across the Jordan, he proclaimed him king at Mahanaim, a town on the north bank of the Jabbok, hallowed in patriarchal times by the divine presence (Gen 32:2). There he rallied the tribes around the standard of the unfortunate son of Saul.
2:92:9: եւ թագաւորեցո՛յց զնա ՚ի վերայ Գաղաադաստանի, եւ ՚ի վերայ Թասիրայ, եւ ՚ի վերայ Յեզրայելի, եւ ՚ի վերայ Եփրեմի, եւ ՚ի վերայ Բենիամինի, եւ ՚ի վերայ ամենայն Իսրայէլի։
9 եւ նրան թագաւոր դարձրեց Գաղաադաստանի, Թասիրի, Յեզրայէլի, Եփրեմի, Բենիամինի երկրների եւ ամբողջ Իսրայէլի վրայ:
9 Եւ զանիկա Գաղաադի վրայ, Ասուրիի վրայ, Յեզրայէլի վրայ, Եփրեմի վրայ, Բենիամինի վրայ ու բոլոր Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւոր ըրաւ։
եւ թագաւորեցոյց զնա ի վերայ Գաղաադաստանի եւ ի վերայ Թասիրայ եւ ի վերայ Յեզրայելի եւ ի վերայ Եփրեմի եւ ի վերայ Բենիամինի, եւ ի վերայ ամենայն Իսրայելի:

2:9: եւ թագաւորեցո՛յց զնա ՚ի վերայ Գաղաադաստանի, եւ ՚ի վերայ Թասիրայ, եւ ՚ի վերայ Յեզրայելի, եւ ՚ի վերայ Եփրեմի, եւ ՚ի վերայ Բենիամինի, եւ ՚ի վերայ ամենայն Իսրայէլի։
9 եւ նրան թագաւոր դարձրեց Գաղաադաստանի, Թասիրի, Յեզրայէլի, Եփրեմի, Բենիամինի երկրների եւ ամբողջ Իսրայէլի վրայ:
9 Եւ զանիկա Գաղաադի վրայ, Ասուրիի վրայ, Յեզրայէլի վրայ, Եփրեմի վրայ, Բենիամինի վրայ ու բոլոր Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւոր ըրաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:92:9 и воцарил его над Галаадом, и Ашуром, и Изреелем, и Ефремом, и Вениамином, и над всем Израилем.
2:9 καὶ και and; even ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the Γαλααδῖτιν γαλααδιτιν and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the Θασιρι θασιρι and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the Ιεζραελ ιεζραελ and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the Εφραιμ εφραιμ Ephraim; Efrem καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on πάντα πας all; every Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
2:9 וַ wa וְ and יַּמְלִכֵ֨הוּ֙ yyamliḵˈēhû מלך be king אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָ֔ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אֲשׁוּרִ֖י ʔᵃšûrˌî אֲשׁוּרִי Ashurite וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to יִזְרְעֶ֑אל yizrᵊʕˈel יִזְרְעֶאל [town] וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ ʔefrˈayim אֶפְרַיִם Ephraim וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon בִּנְיָמִ֔ן binyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel כֻּלֹּֽה׃ פ kullˈō . f כֹּל whole
2:9. regemque constituit super Galaad et super Gesuri et super Iezrahel et super Ephraim et super Beniamin et super Israhel universumAnd made him king over Galaad, and over Gessuri, and over Jezrahel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all Israel.
9. and he made him king over Gilead, and over the Ashurites, and over Jezreel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all Israel.
2:9. And he appointed him as king over Gilead, and over Geshuri, and over Jezreel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all of Israel.
2:9. And made him king over Gilead, and over the Ashurites, and over Jezreel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all Israel.
And made him king over Gilead, and over the Ashurites, and over Jezreel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all Israel:

2:9 и воцарил его над Галаадом, и Ашуром, и Изреелем, и Ефремом, и Вениамином, и над всем Израилем.
2:9
καὶ και and; even
ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
Γαλααδῖτιν γαλααδιτιν and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
Θασιρι θασιρι and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
Ιεζραελ ιεζραελ and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
Εφραιμ εφραιμ Ephraim; Efrem
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πάντα πας all; every
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
2:9
וַ wa וְ and
יַּמְלִכֵ֨הוּ֙ yyamliḵˈēhû מלך be king
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָ֔ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אֲשׁוּרִ֖י ʔᵃšûrˌî אֲשׁוּרִי Ashurite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to
יִזְרְעֶ֑אל yizrᵊʕˈel יִזְרְעֶאל [town]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ ʔefrˈayim אֶפְרַיִם Ephraim
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
בִּנְיָמִ֔ן binyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
כֻּלֹּֽה׃ פ kullˈō . f כֹּל whole
2:9. regemque constituit super Galaad et super Gesuri et super Iezrahel et super Ephraim et super Beniamin et super Israhel universum
And made him king over Galaad, and over Gessuri, and over Jezrahel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all Israel.
2:9. And he appointed him as king over Gilead, and over Geshuri, and over Jezreel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all of Israel.
2:9. And made him king over Gilead, and over the Ashurites, and over Jezreel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over all Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:9: Made him king over Gilead - These were places beyond Jordan; for as the Philistines had lately routed the Israelites, they were no doubt in possession of some of the principal towns, and were now enjoying the fruits of their victory. Abner was therefore afraid to bring the new king to any place where he was likely to meet with much resistance, till he had got his army well recruited.
Who the Ashurites were is not generally agreed; probably men of the tribe of Ashur.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:10
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:9: The Ashurites - If the tribe of Asher, the verse indicates the order in which Abner recovered the different districts from the Philistines, and added them to the dominions of Ish-bosheth, beginning with Gilead, and then gradually adding, on the west of Jordan, first the territory of Asher as far as Carmel and the whole plain of Esdraelon, and then the country of Ephraim and Benjamin, being in fact all Israel, as distinguished from Judah; and this reconquest may have occupied five years. Ish-bosheth's reign over Israel may not have been reckoned to begin until the conquest was complete.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:9: Gilead: Num. 32:1-42; Jos 13:8-11; Psa 108:8
Ashurites: The LXX read τον Θασιρι, Thasiri; and the Vulgate Gessuri, "Geshurites;" but it is probable that for ashuri, "Ashurites," we should read ashairi, "Asherites," or those of the tribe of Asher. Gen 30:13; Num 1:40
over Jezreel: Jos 19:18
Geneva 1599
And made him king over Gilead, and over the Ashurites, and over Jezreel, and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin, and over (f) all Israel.
(f) Over the eleven tribes.
John Gill
And he made him king over Gilead,.... Which lay beyond Jordan, and included the tribes of Gad and Reuben, and the half tribe of Manasseh; these he prevailed upon to acknowledge Ishbosheth, their king, and proclaimed him king over them:
and over the Ashurites: that is, those of the house or tribe of Asher, as the Targum, and indeed none else can well be thought of; some indeed read the Geshurites, as the Vulgate Latin version; but these were never expelled by the Israelites, and had at this time a king over them, 2Kings 3:3; see Josh 13:13,
and over Jezreel; the great plain which went along the borders of Zebulun, Issachar, and Naphtali, and included these tribes:
and over Ephraim, and over Benjamin: the tribes of Ephraim and Benjamin:
and over all Israel, excepting the tribe of Judah; that is, he prevailed first on one of these, then on another, until he got all the tribes of Israel to own him for their king; David all this time being still and quiet, and not opposing him, waiting God's own time to open the way for his possession of the kingdom over all Israel, and having a strict regard to his oath to Saul, 1Kings 24:21.
John Wesley
Gilead - Largely so taken, for all the land of Israel beyond Jordan. Ashurites - That is, the tribe of Asher, as the Chaldee paraphrast and others understand it. Jezreel - A large and rich valley situate in the borders of the tribes of Zebulun, Issachar and Naphtali, and so put for them all. All Israel - Except Judah.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
over Gilead--used in a loose sense for the land beyond Jordan.
Ashurites--the tribe of Asher in the extreme north.
Jezreel--the extensive valley bordering on the central tribes.
over all Israel . . . But Judah--David neither could nor would force matters. He was content to wait God's time and studiously avoided any collision with the rival king, till, at the lapse of two years, hostilities were threatened from that quarter.
2:102:10: Եւ է՛ր ամաց քառասնից Յեբուսթէ որդի Սաւուղայ յորժամ թագաւորեաց ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի, եւ երկո՛ւս ամս թագաւորեաց. բա՛ց ՚ի տանէն Յուդայ՝ որ էին զհե՛տ Դաւթի[3169]։ [3169] Ոմանք. Բայց ՚ի տանէն Յուդայ որ էին ընդ Դաւթի։
10 Սաւուղի որդի Յեբուսթէն քառասուն տարեկան էր, երբ թագաւոր դարձաւ Իսրայէլի վրայ: Նա երկու տարի թագաւորեց: Միայն Յուդայի տունն էր, որ Դաւթին էր հետեւում:
10 Երբ Սաւուղին որդին Յեբուսթէ Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւոր եղաւ, քառասուն տարեկան էր։ Երկու տարի թագաւորութիւն ըրաւ։ Միայն Յուդայի տունը Դաւիթին հպատակ* եղաւ։
Եւ էր ամաց քառասնից Յեբուսթէ որդի Սաւուղայ յորժամ թագաւորեաց ի վերայ Իսրայելի, եւ երկուս ամս թագաւորեաց. բաց ի տանէն Յուդայ` որ էին զհետ Դաւթի:

2:10: Եւ է՛ր ամաց քառասնից Յեբուսթէ որդի Սաւուղայ յորժամ թագաւորեաց ՚ի վերայ Իսրայէլի, եւ երկո՛ւս ամս թագաւորեաց. բա՛ց ՚ի տանէն Յուդայ՝ որ էին զհե՛տ Դաւթի[3169]։
[3169] Ոմանք. Բայց ՚ի տանէն Յուդայ որ էին ընդ Դաւթի։
10 Սաւուղի որդի Յեբուսթէն քառասուն տարեկան էր, երբ թագաւոր դարձաւ Իսրայէլի վրայ: Նա երկու տարի թագաւորեց: Միայն Յուդայի տունն էր, որ Դաւթին էր հետեւում:
10 Երբ Սաւուղին որդին Յեբուսթէ Իսրայէլի վրայ թագաւոր եղաւ, քառասուն տարեկան էր։ Երկու տարի թագաւորութիւն ըրաւ։ Միայն Յուդայի տունը Դաւիթին հպատակ* եղաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:102:10 Сорок лет было Иевосфею, сыну Саулову, когда он воцарился над Израилем, и царствовал два года. Только дом Иудин остался с Давидом.
2:10 τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἐτῶν ετος year Ιεβοσθε ιεβοσθε son Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul ὅτε οτε when ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even δύο δυο two ἔτη ετος year ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign πλὴν πλην besides; only τοῦ ο the οἴκου οικος home; household Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha οἳ ος who; what ἦσαν ειμι be ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
2:10 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אַרְבָּעִ֨ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four שָׁנָ֜ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year אִֽישׁ־בֹּ֣שֶׁת ʔˈîš-bˈōšeṯ אִישׁ בֹּשֶׁת Ish-Bosheth בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son שָׁא֗וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מָלְכֹו֙ mālᵊḵˌô מלך be king עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וּ û וְ and שְׁתַּ֥יִם šᵊttˌayim שְׁנַיִם two שָׁנִ֖ים šānˌîm שָׁנָה year מָלָ֑ךְ mālˈāḵ מלך be king אַ֚ךְ ˈʔaḵ אַךְ only בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah הָי֖וּ hāyˌû היה be אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after דָוִֽד׃ ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
2:10. quadraginta annorum erat Hisboseth filius Saul cum regnare coepisset super Israhel et duobus annis regnavit sola autem domus Iuda sequebatur DavidIsboseth the son of Saul was forty years old when he began to reign over Israel, and he reigned two years; and only the house of Juda followed David.
10. (Ish-bosheth Saul’s son was forty years old when he began to reign over Israel, and he reigned two years.) But the house of Judah followed David.
2:10. Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, was forty years old when he had begun to rule over Israel. And he reigned for two years. For only the house of Judah followed David.
2:10. Ishbosheth Saul’s son [was] forty years old when he began to reign over Israel, and reigned two years. But the house of Judah followed David.
Ish- bosheth Saul' s son [was] forty years old when he began to reign over Israel, and reigned two years. But the house of Judah followed David:

2:10 Сорок лет было Иевосфею, сыну Саулову, когда он воцарился над Израилем, и царствовал два года. Только дом Иудин остался с Давидом.
2:10
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἐτῶν ετος year
Ιεβοσθε ιεβοσθε son
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
ὅτε οτε when
ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
δύο δυο two
ἔτη ετος year
ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign
πλὴν πλην besides; only
τοῦ ο the
οἴκου οικος home; household
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
οἳ ος who; what
ἦσαν ειμι be
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
2:10
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אַרְבָּעִ֨ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
שָׁנָ֜ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
אִֽישׁ־בֹּ֣שֶׁת ʔˈîš-bˈōšeṯ אִישׁ בֹּשֶׁת Ish-Bosheth
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
שָׁא֗וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מָלְכֹו֙ mālᵊḵˌô מלך be king
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וּ û וְ and
שְׁתַּ֥יִם šᵊttˌayim שְׁנַיִם two
שָׁנִ֖ים šānˌîm שָׁנָה year
מָלָ֑ךְ mālˈāḵ מלך be king
אַ֚ךְ ˈʔaḵ אַךְ only
בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house
יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
הָי֖וּ hāyˌû היה be
אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
דָוִֽד׃ ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
2:10. quadraginta annorum erat Hisboseth filius Saul cum regnare coepisset super Israhel et duobus annis regnavit sola autem domus Iuda sequebatur David
Isboseth the son of Saul was forty years old when he began to reign over Israel, and he reigned two years; and only the house of Juda followed David.
2:10. Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, was forty years old when he had begun to rule over Israel. And he reigned for two years. For only the house of Judah followed David.
2:10. Ishbosheth Saul’s son [was] forty years old when he began to reign over Israel, and reigned two years. But the house of Judah followed David.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:10: Ish-bosheth - reigned two years - It is well observed that Ish-bosheth reigned all the time that David reigned in Hebron, which was seven years and six months. Perhaps the meaning of the writer is this: Ish-bosheth reigned two years before any but the tribe of Judah had attached themselves to the interest of David. Some think that Abner in effect reigned the last five years of Ish-bosheth, who had only the name of king after the first two years. Or the text may be understood thus: When Ish-bosheth had reigned two years over Israel, he was forty years of age. Houbigant, dissatisfied with all the common modes of solution, proposes to read ששית שנה shishshith shanah, six years, for the שתים שנים shetayim shanim, two years, of the text, which he contends is a solecism; for in pure Hebrew the words would be שתים שנה as they are everywhere read in the first book; and שנה is the reading of eleven of Kennicott's MSS., and nine of De Rossi's; but the number two is acknowledged by all the ancient versions, and by all the MSS. yet collated. The critical reader may examine Houbigant on the place. After all, probably the expedition mentioned in the succeeding verses is that to which the writer refers, and from which he dates. Ish-bosheth had reigned two years without any rupture with David or his men, till under the direction of Abner, captain of his host, the Israelites passed over Jordan, from Mahanaim to Gibeon, and being opposed by Joab, captain of David's host, that battle took place which is described in the following verses.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:14
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:10: Forty ... two - The numerals are somewhat strange. First, as regards the 40 years. Even assuming that Ish-bosheth's reign did not commence until five and a half years after Saul's death, which must have been the case if the two years in the text gives the true length of his reign, it is startling to hear of Saul's younger son being 35 years old at his father's death, born consequently some three years before his father's accession, and five years older than David, the bosom friend of his older brother Jonathan. The age, too, of Jonathan's child, Mephibosheth, who was five years old at his father's death, would lead one to expect rather a less age for his uncle. Next, as regards the two years. Since David (compare Sa2 2:11; and marginal references) reigned seven years in Hebron over Judah only, it follows, if the two years in the text are correct, either that an interval of five years elapsed between Ish-bosheth's death and David's being anointed "king over all Israel," or that a like interval elapsed between Saul's death and the commencement of Ish-bosheth's reign. Of the two the latter is the more probable, and has the advantage of diminishing Ish-bosheth's age by between five and six years. But the narrative in 2 Sam. 3; Sa2 4:1-12 of the "long war," of the birth of David's six sons, and of Abner's conspiracy and death, seems to imply a longer time than two years, in which case both the numerals would have to be corrected.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:10: two years: Houbigant proposes to read shesh shanah, "six years" instead of shetayim shanim, "two years," of the text, which he contends is a solecism; for, in pure Hebrew, the words should be shetayim shanah; and this is the reading of twenty manuscripts; but two is acknowledged by all the versions and manuscripts yet collated. Sa2 2:10
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Length of the reigns of Ishbosheth over Israel, and David at Hebron. The age of Ishbosheth is given, as is generally the case at the commencement of a reign. He was forty years old when he began to reign, and reigned two years; whereas David was king at Hebron over the house of Judah seven years and a half. We are struck with this difference in the length of the two reigns; and it cannot be explained, as Seb. Schmidt, Clericus, and others suppose, on the simple assumption that David reigned two years at Hebron over Judah, namely up to the time of the murder of Ishbosheth, and then five years and a half over Israel, namely up to the time of the conquest of Jerusalem: for this is at variance with the plain statement in the text, that "David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah seven years and a half." The opinion that the two years of Ishbosheth's reign are to be reckoned up to the time of the war with David, because Abner played the principal part during the other five years and a half that David continued to reign at Hebron, is equally untenable. We may see very clearly from 2 Samuel 3-5 not only that Ishbosheth was king to the time of his death, which took place after that of Abner, but also that after both these events David was anointed king over Israel in Hebron by all the tribes, and that he then went directly to attack Jerusalem, and after conquering the citadel of Zion, chose that city as his own capital. The short duration of Ishbosheth's reign can only be explained, therefore, on the supposition that he was not made king, as David was, immediately after the death of Saul, but after the recovery by Abner of the land which the Philistines had taken on this side the Jordan, which may have occupied five years.
(Note: From the fact that in 2Kings 2:10, 2Kings 2:11, Ishbosheth's ascending the throne is mentioned before that of David, and is also accompanied with a statement of his age, whereas the age of David is not given till 2Kings 5:4-5, when he became king over all Israel, Ewald draws the erroneous conclusion that the earlier (?) historian regarded Ishbosheth as the true king, and David as a pretender. But the very opposite of this is stated as distinctly as possible in 2Kings 2:4. (compared with 2Kings 2:8). The fact that Ishbosheth is mentioned before David in 2Kings 2:10 may be explained simply enough from the custom so constantly observed in the book of Genesis, of mentioning subordinate lines or subordinate persons first, and stating whatever seemed worth recording with regard to them, in order that the ground might be perfectly clear for relating the history of the principal characters without any interruption.)
John Gill
Ishbosheth, Saul's son, was forty years old when he began to reign over Israel,.... Being born the same year his father began to reign. See Gill on 1Kings 31:6,
and reigned two years; which some understand of these, and no more; and whereas David reigned seven years and a half over Judah, before he reigned over all Israel, it is thought by the Jewish chronologer (c) that there was a vacancy in the throne of Israel for the space of five years, and so says Kimchi; which vacancy was either before the reign of Ishbosheth, it being a matter in dispute whether he or Mephibosheth should be set up, or after his death; the tribes of Israel being so long before they acknowledged David their king; or Ishbosheth's reign of two years must be in the middle of David's reign over Judah; but there is no need to suppose either of these, for the text says not that Ishbosheth reigned only two years; but the meaning is, as Ben Gersom observes, that he had reigned two years when the following things happened, and a war began, and not by him but by Abner, and carried on by him; and he being an inactive prince, the rest of his reign was reckoned as no reign, whereas he lived and reigned the same length of time David did over Judah; see 2Kings 3:1,
but the house of Judah followed David; kept close to him as their king, yielding a cheerful obedience to him.
(c) Seder Olam Rabba, c. 13. p. 37.
John Wesley
Two years - Namely, before the following war broke out, which continued five years.
2:112:11: Եւ եղեն աւուրք զորս թագաւորեաց Դաւիթ ՚ի Քեբրոն ՚ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ՝ ամք եւթն եւ ամիսք վեց[3170]։[3170] Ոմանք. ՚Ի Քեբրոն, եւ ՚ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ։
11 Քեբրոնում, Յուդայի երկրի վրայ Դաւիթը թագաւորեց եօթը տարի վեց ամիս:
11 Յուդային տանը վրայ Քեբրոնի մէջ Դաւիթին թագաւորութիւն ըրած ժամանակը եօթը տարի ու վեց ամիս էր։
Եւ եղեն աւուրք զորս թագաւորեաց Դաւիթ ի Քեբրոն ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ` ամք եւթն եւ ամիսք վեց:

2:11: Եւ եղեն աւուրք զորս թագաւորեաց Դաւիթ ՚ի Քեբրոն ՚ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ՝ ամք եւթն եւ ամիսք վեց[3170]։
[3170] Ոմանք. ՚Ի Քեբրոն, եւ ՚ի վերայ տանն Յուդայ։
11 Քեբրոնում, Յուդայի երկրի վրայ Դաւիթը թագաւորեց եօթը տարի վեց ամիս:
11 Յուդային տանը վրայ Քեբրոնի մէջ Դաւիթին թագաւորութիւն ըրած ժամանակը եօթը տարի ու վեց ամիս էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:112:11 Всего времени, в которое Давид царствовал в Хевроне над домом Иудиным, было семь лет и шесть месяцев.
2:11 καὶ και and; even ἐγένοντο γινομαι happen; become αἱ ο the ἡμέραι ημερα day ἃς ος who; what Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign ἐν εν in Χεβρων χεβρων in; on τὸν ο the οἶκον οικος home; household Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha ἑπτὰ επτα seven ἔτη ετος year καὶ και and; even ἓξ εξ six μῆνας μην.1 month
2:11 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be מִסְפַּ֣ר mispˈar מִסְפָּר number הַ ha הַ the יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הָיָ֨ה hāyˌā היה be דָוִ֥ד ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David מֶ֛לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶבְרֹ֖ון ḥevrˌôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house יְהוּדָ֑ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah שֶׁ֥בַע šˌevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven שָׁנִ֖ים šānˌîm שָׁנָה year וְ wᵊ וְ and שִׁשָּׁ֥ה šiššˌā שֵׁשׁ six חֳדָשִֽׁים׃ ס ḥᵒḏāšˈîm . s חֹדֶשׁ month
2:11. et fuit numerus dierum quos commoratus est David imperans in Hebron super domum Iuda septem annorum et sex mensuumAnd the number of the days that David abode, reigning in Hebron over the house of Juda, was seven years and six months.
11. And the time that David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah was seven years and six months.
2:11. And the number of the days, during which David was staying and ruling in Hebron over the house of Judah, was seven years and six months.
2:11. And the time that David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah was seven years and six months.
And the time that David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah was seven years and six months:

2:11 Всего времени, в которое Давид царствовал в Хевроне над домом Иудиным, было семь лет и шесть месяцев.
2:11
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένοντο γινομαι happen; become
αἱ ο the
ἡμέραι ημερα day
ἃς ος who; what
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐβασίλευσεν βασιλευω reign
ἐν εν in
Χεβρων χεβρων in; on
τὸν ο the
οἶκον οικος home; household
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
ἔτη ετος year
καὶ και and; even
ἓξ εξ six
μῆνας μην.1 month
2:11
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be
מִסְפַּ֣ר mispˈar מִסְפָּר number
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הָיָ֨ה hāyˌā היה be
דָוִ֥ד ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
מֶ֛לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶבְרֹ֖ון ḥevrˌôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house
יְהוּדָ֑ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
שֶׁ֥בַע šˌevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven
שָׁנִ֖ים šānˌîm שָׁנָה year
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִׁשָּׁ֥ה šiššˌā שֵׁשׁ six
חֳדָשִֽׁים׃ ס ḥᵒḏāšˈîm . s חֹדֶשׁ month
2:11. et fuit numerus dierum quos commoratus est David imperans in Hebron super domum Iuda septem annorum et sex mensuum
And the number of the days that David abode, reigning in Hebron over the house of Juda, was seven years and six months.
2:11. And the number of the days, during which David was staying and ruling in Hebron over the house of Judah, was seven years and six months.
2:11. And the time that David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah was seven years and six months.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:11: time: Heb. number of days, Sa2 5:4, Sa2 5:5; Kg1 2:11; Ch1 3:4, Ch1 29:27
Geneva 1599
And the time that David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah was seven years and six (g) months.
(g) After this he reigned over all the country 33 years, (2Kings 5:5).
John Gill
And the time that David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah,.... And over them only:
was seven years and six months; to which being added thirty three years he reigned over all Israel in Jerusalem, made forty years and six months; and which, for the roundness of the number, is usually called forty years. See 2Kings 5:4.
2:122:12: Եւ ե՛լ Աբեններ որդի Ներեայ եւ ծառայք Յեբուսթեայ որդւոյ Սաւուղայ ՚ի բանակացն ՚ի Գաբաւոն։
12 Ների որդի Աբենները եւ Սաւուղի որդի Յեբուսթէի ծառաները բանակատեղիներից եկան Գաբաւոն:
12 Ներեան Աբեններ եւ Սաւուղին որդիին Յեբուսթէին ծառաները Մանայիմէն Գաբաւոն ելան։
Եւ ել Աբեններ որդի Ներեայ եւ ծառայք Յեբուսթեայ որդւոյ Սաւուղայ [11]ի բանակացն ի Գաբաւոն:

2:12: Եւ ե՛լ Աբեններ որդի Ներեայ եւ ծառայք Յեբուսթեայ որդւոյ Սաւուղայ ՚ի բանակացն ՚ի Գաբաւոն։
12 Ների որդի Աբենները եւ Սաւուղի որդի Յեբուսթէի ծառաները բանակատեղիներից եկան Գաբաւոն:
12 Ներեան Աբեններ եւ Սաւուղին որդիին Յեբուսթէին ծառաները Մանայիմէն Գաբաւոն ելան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:122:12 И вышел Авенир, сын Ниров, и слуги Иевосфея, сына Саулова, из Маханаима в Гаваон.
2:12 καὶ και and; even ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ son Νηρ νηρ and; even οἱ ο the παῖδες παις child; boy Ιεβοσθε ιεβοσθε son Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul ἐκ εκ from; out of Μαναεμ μαναεμ into; for Γαβαων γαβαων Gabaōn; Gavaon
2:12 וַ wa וְ and יֵּצֵא֙ yyēṣˌē יצא go out אַבְנֵ֣ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son נֵ֔ר nˈēr נֵר Ner וְ wᵊ וְ and עַבְדֵ֖י ʕavᵊḏˌê עֶבֶד servant אִֽישׁ־בֹּ֣שֶׁת ʔˈîš-bˈōšeṯ אִישׁ בֹּשֶׁת Ish-Bosheth בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son שָׁא֑וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul מִֽ mˈi מִן from מַּחֲנַ֖יִם mmaḥᵃnˌayim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim גִּבְעֹֽונָה׃ givʕˈônā גִּבְעֹון Gibeon
2:12. egressusque Abner filius Ner et pueri Hisboseth filii Saul de Castris in GabaonAnd Abner the son of Ner, and the servants of Isboseth the son of Saul, went out from the camp to Gabaon.
12. And Abner the son of Ner, and the servants of Ish-bosheth the son of Saul, went out from Mahanaim to Gibeon.
2:12. And Abner, the son of Ner, and the youths of Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, went out from the camp to Gibeon.
2:12. And Abner the son of Ner, and the servants of Ishbosheth the son of Saul, went out from Mahanaim to Gibeon.
And Abner the son of Ner, and the servants of Ish- bosheth the son of Saul, went out from Mahanaim to Gibeon:

2:12 И вышел Авенир, сын Ниров, и слуги Иевосфея, сына Саулова, из Маханаима в Гаваон.
2:12
καὶ και and; even
ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ son
Νηρ νηρ and; even
οἱ ο the
παῖδες παις child; boy
Ιεβοσθε ιεβοσθε son
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Μαναεμ μαναεμ into; for
Γαβαων γαβαων Gabaōn; Gavaon
2:12
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּצֵא֙ yyēṣˌē יצא go out
אַבְנֵ֣ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
נֵ֔ר nˈēr נֵר Ner
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַבְדֵ֖י ʕavᵊḏˌê עֶבֶד servant
אִֽישׁ־בֹּ֣שֶׁת ʔˈîš-bˈōšeṯ אִישׁ בֹּשֶׁת Ish-Bosheth
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
שָׁא֑וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
מִֽ mˈi מִן from
מַּחֲנַ֖יִם mmaḥᵃnˌayim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
גִּבְעֹֽונָה׃ givʕˈônā גִּבְעֹון Gibeon
2:12. egressusque Abner filius Ner et pueri Hisboseth filii Saul de Castris in Gabaon
And Abner the son of Ner, and the servants of Isboseth the son of Saul, went out from the camp to Gabaon.
2:12. And Abner, the son of Ner, and the youths of Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, went out from the camp to Gibeon.
2:12. And Abner the son of Ner, and the servants of Ishbosheth the son of Saul, went out from Mahanaim to Gibeon.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
12: Гаваон - город Вениаминова колена, соседнего с коленом Иуды. Появление войск Авенира в ближайшем соседстве с царством Давида отнюдь не говорило в пользу мирных стремлений Иевосфеева полководца. Вполне допустимо то предположение, что, воцарив Иевосфея над Израилем, Авенир задумал привлечь к нему и Иуду. Чтобы не допустить Авенира приблизиться к колену Иуды, навстречу ему вышел Иоав.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:12: This expedition to Gibeon may have been for the purpose of shifting his metropolis to his own tribe of Benjamin, and to his family place, "Gibeah of Saul," close to Gibeon, with the further purpose of attacking the kingdom of David. "To go out" Sa2 2:12-13 is a technical phrase for going out to war Sa1 18:30.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:12: am 2951, bc 1053, An, Ex, Is, 438
Mahanaim: Sa2 17:14; Gen 32:2
Gibeon: Jos 9:3, Jos 10:2, Jos 10:4, Jos 10:12, Jos 18:25
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

War between the supporters of Ishbosheth and those of David. - 2Kings 2:12, 2Kings 2:13. When Abner had brought all Israel under the dominion of Ishbosheth, he also sought to make Judah subject to him, and went with this intention from Mahanaim to Gibeon, the present Jib, in the western portion of the tribe of Benjamin, two good hours to the north of Jerusalem (see at Josh 9:3), taking with him the servants, i.e., the fighting men, of Ishbosheth. There Joab, a son of Zeruiah, David's sister (1Chron 2:16), advanced to meet him with the servants, i.e., the warriors of David; and the two armies met at the pool of Gibeon, i.e., probably one of the large reservoirs that are still to be found there (see Rob. Pal. ii. pp. 135-6; Tobler, Topogr. v. Jerusalem, ii. pp. 515-6), the one encamping upon the one side of the pool and the other upon the other.
John Gill
And Abner the son of Ner,.... Who was before captain of Saul's host, and now of Ishbosheth's:
and the servants of Ishbosheth the son of Saul; who seem to be not only his domestic servants, that waited upon him, or his courtiers, but his whole army by what follows:
went out from Mahanaim to Gibeon; came from the city on the other side Jordan, where perhaps they had been two years past, concerting schemes to bring all Israel under the government of Ishbosheth; in which they had succeeded, only Judah stood out with David; and in order to reduce that tribe, they passed over Jordan and came to Gibeon, a city in Benjamin. See Josh 18:25.
John Wesley
Went out - To fight with David's army, and to bring back the rest of the kingdom to Saul's house.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Abner . . . and the servants of Ish-bosheth . . . went out from Mahanaim to Gibeon--This town was near the confines of Judah, and as the force with which Abner encamped there seemed to have some aggressive design, David sent an army of observation, under the command of Joab, to watch his movements.
2:132:13: Եւ Յովա՛բ որդի Շարուհեայ եւ ծառայք Դաւթի ելին ՚ի Քեբրոնէ, եւ դիպեցա՛ն միմեանց ՚ի վերայ աղբերն Գաբաւոնի. եւ նստան նոքա անտի՛ աղբերն Գաբաւոնի, եւ սոքա աստի[3171]։ [3171] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Առ ջրբղխին Գաբաւոնի։ Ուր ոմանք. Առ աղբերն Գաբա՛՛։
13 Շարուհիի որդի Յովաբը եւ Դաւթի ծառաները ելան Քեբրոնից եւ նրանց հանդիպեցին Գաբաւոնի աղբիւրի մօտ: Սրանք աղբիւրի այն կողմը նստեցին, իսկ նրանք՝ այս կողմը:
13 Շարուհեային որդին՝ Յովաբ ու Դաւիթին ծառաները Քեբրոնէն ելան ու Գաբաւոնին աւազանին քով անոնց հանդիպեցան։ Ասոնք՝ աւազանին մէկ կողմը ու անոնք աւազանին միւս կողմը նստան։
Եւ Յովաբ որդի Շարուհեայ եւ ծառայք Դաւթի ելին ի Քեբրոնէ, եւ դիպեցան միմեանց ի վերայ աղբերն Գաբաւոնի. եւ նստան նոքա անտի աղբերն Գաբաւոնի, եւ սոքա աստի:

2:13: Եւ Յովա՛բ որդի Շարուհեայ եւ ծառայք Դաւթի ելին ՚ի Քեբրոնէ, եւ դիպեցա՛ն միմեանց ՚ի վերայ աղբերն Գաբաւոնի. եւ նստան նոքա անտի՛ աղբերն Գաբաւոնի, եւ սոքա աստի[3171]։
[3171] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Առ ջրբղխին Գաբաւոնի։ Ուր ոմանք. Առ աղբերն Գաբա՛՛։
13 Շարուհիի որդի Յովաբը եւ Դաւթի ծառաները ելան Քեբրոնից եւ նրանց հանդիպեցին Գաբաւոնի աղբիւրի մօտ: Սրանք աղբիւրի այն կողմը նստեցին, իսկ նրանք՝ այս կողմը:
13 Շարուհեային որդին՝ Յովաբ ու Դաւիթին ծառաները Քեբրոնէն ելան ու Գաբաւոնին աւազանին քով անոնց հանդիպեցան։ Ասոնք՝ աւազանին մէկ կողմը ու անոնք աւազանին միւս կողմը նստան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:132:13 Вышел и Иоав, сын Саруи, со слугами Давида, и встретились у Гаваонского пруда, и засели те на одной стороне пруда, а эти на другой стороне пруда.
2:13 καὶ και and; even Ιωαβ ιωαβ son Σαρουιας σαρουιας and; even οἱ ο the παῖδες παις child; boy Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐξήλθοσαν εξερχομαι come out; go out ἐκ εκ from; out of Χεβρων χεβρων and; even συναντῶσιν συνανταω meet with αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the κρήνην κρηνη the Γαβαων γαβαων in; on τὸ ο the αὐτό αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐκάθισαν καθιζω sit down; seat οὗτοι ουτος this; he ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the κρήνην κρηνη the Γαβαων γαβαων from in here; from this / that side καὶ και and; even οὗτοι ουτος this; he ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the κρήνην κρηνη from in here; from this / that side
2:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and יֹואָ֨ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son צְרוּיָ֜ה ṣᵊrûyˈā צְרוּיָה Zeruiah וְ wᵊ וְ and עַבְדֵ֤י ʕavᵊḏˈê עֶבֶד servant דָוִד֙ ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David יָֽצְא֔וּ yˈāṣᵊʔˈû יצא go out וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּפְגְּשׁ֛וּם yyifgᵊšˈûm פגשׁ meet עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon בְּרֵכַ֥ת bᵊrēḵˌaṯ בְּרֵכָה pool גִּבְעֹ֖ון givʕˌôn גִּבְעֹון Gibeon יַחְדָּ֑ו yaḥdˈāw יַחְדָּו together וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֨שְׁב֜וּ yyˌēšᵊvˈû ישׁב sit אֵ֤לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the בְּרֵכָה֙ bbᵊrēḵˌā בְּרֵכָה pool מִ mi מִן from זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֥לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the בְּרֵכָ֖ה bbᵊrēḵˌā בְּרֵכָה pool מִ mi מִן from זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
2:13. porro Ioab filius Sarviae et pueri David egressi sunt et occurrerunt eis iuxta piscinam Gabaon et cum in unum convenissent e regione sederunt hii ex una parte piscinae et illi ex alteraAnd Joab the son of Sarvia, and the servants of David went out, and met them by the pool of Gabaon. And when they were come together, they sat down over against one another: the one on the one side of the pool, and the other on the other side.
13. And Joab the son of Zeruiah, and the servants of David, went out, and met them by the pool of Gibeon; and they sat down, the one on the one side of the pool, and the other on the other side of the pool.
2:13. Therefore, Joab, the son of Zeruiah, and the youths of David, went out and met them beside the pool of Gibeon. And when they had convened together, they sat down opposite one another: these on one side of the pool, and those on the other side.
2:13. And Joab the son of Zeruiah, and the servants of David, went out, and met together by the pool of Gibeon: and they sat down, the one on the one side of the pool, and the other on the other side of the pool.
And Joab the son of Zeruiah, and the servants of David, went out, and met together by the pool of Gibeon: and they sat down, the one on the one side of the pool, and the other on the other side of the pool:

2:13 Вышел и Иоав, сын Саруи, со слугами Давида, и встретились у Гаваонского пруда, и засели те на одной стороне пруда, а эти на другой стороне пруда.
2:13
καὶ και and; even
Ιωαβ ιωαβ son
Σαρουιας σαρουιας and; even
οἱ ο the
παῖδες παις child; boy
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐξήλθοσαν εξερχομαι come out; go out
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Χεβρων χεβρων and; even
συναντῶσιν συνανταω meet with
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
κρήνην κρηνη the
Γαβαων γαβαων in; on
τὸ ο the
αὐτό αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐκάθισαν καθιζω sit down; seat
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
κρήνην κρηνη the
Γαβαων γαβαων from in here; from this / that side
καὶ και and; even
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
κρήνην κρηνη from in here; from this / that side
2:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יֹואָ֨ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
צְרוּיָ֜ה ṣᵊrûyˈā צְרוּיָה Zeruiah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַבְדֵ֤י ʕavᵊḏˈê עֶבֶד servant
דָוִד֙ ḏāwˌiḏ דָּוִד David
יָֽצְא֔וּ yˈāṣᵊʔˈû יצא go out
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּפְגְּשׁ֛וּם yyifgᵊšˈûm פגשׁ meet
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
בְּרֵכַ֥ת bᵊrēḵˌaṯ בְּרֵכָה pool
גִּבְעֹ֖ון givʕˌôn גִּבְעֹון Gibeon
יַחְדָּ֑ו yaḥdˈāw יַחְדָּו together
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֨שְׁב֜וּ yyˌēšᵊvˈû ישׁב sit
אֵ֤לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
בְּרֵכָה֙ bbᵊrēḵˌā בְּרֵכָה pool
מִ mi מִן from
זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֥לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
בְּרֵכָ֖ה bbᵊrēḵˌā בְּרֵכָה pool
מִ mi מִן from
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
2:13. porro Ioab filius Sarviae et pueri David egressi sunt et occurrerunt eis iuxta piscinam Gabaon et cum in unum convenissent e regione sederunt hii ex una parte piscinae et illi ex altera
And Joab the son of Sarvia, and the servants of David went out, and met them by the pool of Gabaon. And when they were come together, they sat down over against one another: the one on the one side of the pool, and the other on the other side.
2:13. Therefore, Joab, the son of Zeruiah, and the youths of David, went out and met them beside the pool of Gibeon. And when they had convened together, they sat down opposite one another: these on one side of the pool, and those on the other side.
2:13. And Joab the son of Zeruiah, and the servants of David, went out, and met together by the pool of Gibeon: and they sat down, the one on the one side of the pool, and the other on the other side of the pool.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:13: On the east of the hill (El-jib, the ancient Gibeon) is a copious spring, which issues in a cave excavated in the limestone rock, so as to form a large reservoir. In the trees further down are the remains of a pool or tank of considerable size (120 feet by 110 feet). This is doubtless "the pool of Gibeon."
Sat down - i. e. halted and encamped.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:13: Joab: Sa2 2:18, Sa2 8:16, Sa2 20:23; Kg1 1:7, Kg1 2:28-35; Ch1 2:16
together: Heb. them together
pool: Jer 41:12
John Gill
And Joab the son of Zeruiah,.... A sister of David, and this her son was general of David's army:
and the servants of David, went out; that is, his army went out from Hebron to Gibeon, which was twenty four miles (d) to meet that under Abner; for though he had but one tribe with him, and Ishbosheth had all the rest, yet Judah was a numerous, powerful, and warlike tribe; and besides many out of the other tribes had joined them, and, above all, God was on their side, and they had his promise to rely upon with respect to the establishment of the kingdom in the house of David, and his power and providence to trust in, and therefore went out boldly and cheerfully to meet the armies of Israel under Abner:
and met together by the pool of Gibeon; the same perhaps with the great waters in Gibeon, Jer 41:12,
and they sat down, the one on the one side of the pool, and the other on the other side of the pool; facing one another, and watching each other's motions.
(d) Bunting's Travels, p. 146.
John Wesley
Met - That is, met the opposite army, and put themselves in a posture for battle.
2:142:14: Եւ ասէ Աբեններ ցՅովաբ. Յարիցե՛ն մանկտիդ եւ խաղասցե՛ն առաջի մեր։ Եւ ասէ Յովաբ. Յարիցե՛ն։
14 Աբեններն ասաց Յովաբին. «Թող քո կտրիճները ելնեն ու մրցեն մեր առջեւ»:
14 Աբեններ Յովաբին ըսաւ. «Թող կտրիճները ելլե՛ն ու մեր առջեւ խաղան»։ Յովաբ ըսաւ. «Թող ելլեն»։
Եւ ասէ Աբեններ ցՅովաբ. Յարիցեն մանկտիդ եւ խաղասցեն առաջի մեր: Եւ ասէ Յովաբ. Յարիցեն:

2:14: Եւ ասէ Աբեններ ցՅովաբ. Յարիցե՛ն մանկտիդ եւ խաղասցե՛ն առաջի մեր։ Եւ ասէ Յովաբ. Յարիցե՛ն։
14 Աբեններն ասաց Յովաբին. «Թող քո կտրիճները ելնեն ու մրցեն մեր առջեւ»:
14 Աբեններ Յովաբին ըսաւ. «Թող կտրիճները ելլե՛ն ու մեր առջեւ խաղան»։ Յովաբ ըսաւ. «Թող ելլեն»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:142:14 И сказал Авенир Иоаву: пусть встанут юноши и поиграют пред нами. И сказал Иоав: пусть встанут.
2:14 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Αβεννερ αβεννερ to; toward Ιωαβ ιωαβ stand up; resurrect δὴ δη in fact τὰ ο the παιδάρια παιδαριον little boy καὶ και and; even παιξάτωσαν παιζω play ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing ἡμῶν ημων our καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Ιωαβ ιωαβ stand up; resurrect
2:14 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say אַבְנֵר֙ ʔavnˌēr אַבְנֵר Abner אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יֹואָ֔ב yôʔˈāv יֹואָב Joab יָק֤וּמוּ yāqˈûmû קום arise נָא֙ nˌā נָא yeah הַ ha הַ the נְּעָרִ֔ים nnᵊʕārˈîm נַעַר boy וִֽ wˈi וְ and ישַׂחֲק֖וּ yśaḥᵃqˌû שׂחק laugh לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנֵ֑ינוּ fānˈênû פָּנֶה face וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say יֹואָ֖ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab יָקֻֽמוּ׃ yāqˈumû קום arise
2:14. dixitque Abner ad Ioab surgant pueri et ludant coram nobis et respondit Ioab surgantAnd Abner said to Joab: Let the young men rise, and play before us. And Joab answered: Let them rise.
14. And Abner said to Joab, Let the young men, I pray thee, arise and play before us. And Joab said, Let them arise.
2:14. And Abner said to Joab, “Let the youths rise up and play before us.” And Joab answered, “Let them rise up.”
2:14. And Abner said to Joab, Let the young men now arise, and play before us. And Joab said, Let them arise.
And Abner said to Joab, Let the young men now arise, and play before us. And Joab said, Let them arise:

2:14 И сказал Авенир Иоаву: пусть встанут юноши и поиграют пред нами. И сказал Иоав: пусть встанут.
2:14
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Αβεννερ αβεννερ to; toward
Ιωαβ ιωαβ stand up; resurrect
δὴ δη in fact
τὰ ο the
παιδάρια παιδαριον little boy
καὶ και and; even
παιξάτωσαν παιζω play
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
ἡμῶν ημων our
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Ιωαβ ιωαβ stand up; resurrect
2:14
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
אַבְנֵר֙ ʔavnˌēr אַבְנֵר Abner
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יֹואָ֔ב yôʔˈāv יֹואָב Joab
יָק֤וּמוּ yāqˈûmû קום arise
נָא֙ nˌā נָא yeah
הַ ha הַ the
נְּעָרִ֔ים nnᵊʕārˈîm נַעַר boy
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ישַׂחֲק֖וּ yśaḥᵃqˌû שׂחק laugh
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנֵ֑ינוּ fānˈênû פָּנֶה face
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
יֹואָ֖ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab
יָקֻֽמוּ׃ yāqˈumû קום arise
2:14. dixitque Abner ad Ioab surgant pueri et ludant coram nobis et respondit Ioab surgant
And Abner said to Joab: Let the young men rise, and play before us. And Joab answered: Let them rise.
2:14. And Abner said to Joab, “Let the youths rise up and play before us.” And Joab answered, “Let them rise up.”
2:14. And Abner said to Joab, Let the young men now arise, and play before us. And Joab said, Let them arise.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14: На основании 18-22, 26: ст. можно заключать, что Авенир не настаивал на кровопролитном бое. Вместо боя Авенир предлагает устроить незначительный воинский поединок, чтобы определить, кто из противников должен оставить свои позиции и удалиться.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:14: Let the young men - play before us - This was diabolical play, where each man thrust his sword into the body of the other, so that the twenty-four (twelve on each side) fell down dead together! But this was the signal for that sanguinary skirmish which immediately took place.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:16
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:14: Play - (Compare Jdg 16:25; Sa1 18:7). Here, the word is applied to the serious game of war, to be played by twelve combatants on each side, with the two armies for spectators.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:14: play before: Sa2 2:17, Sa2 2:26, Sa2 2:27; Pro 10:23, Pro 17:14, Pro 20:18, Pro 25:8, Pro 26:18, Pro 26:19
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Abner then proposed to Joab that the contest should be decided by a single combat, probably for the purpose of avoiding an actual civil war. "Let the young men arise and wrestle before us." שׂחק, to joke or play, is used here to denote the war-play of single combat. As Joab accepted this proposal, twelve young warriors for Benjamin and Ishbosheth, and twelve from David's men, went over, i.e., went out of the two camps to the appointed scene of conflict; "and one seized the other's head, and his sword was (immediately) in the side of the other (his antagonist), so that they fell together." The clause רעהוּ בּצד וחרבּו is a circumstantial clause: and his sword (every one's sword) was in the side of the other, i.e., thrust into it. Sending the sword into the opponent's side is thus described as simultaneous with the seizure of his head. The ancient translators expressed the meaning by supplying a verb (ἐνέπηξαν, defixit: lxx, Vulg.). This was a sign that the young men on both sides fought with great ferocity, and also with great courage. The place itself received the name of Helkath-hazzurim, "field of the sharp edges," in consequence (for this use of zur, see Ps 89:44).
Geneva 1599
And Abner said to Joab, Let the young men now arise, and (h) play before us. And Joab said, Let them arise.
(h) Let us see how they can handle their weapons.
John Gill
And Abner said to Joab,.... Perceiving he made no motion towards an engagement with him, his orders from David being only to act on the defensive, and avoid as much as possible the effusion of blood:
let the young men now arise, and play before us; with their swords after the manner of gladiators or duellers; that it might appear who were best skilled in the use of the sword, and who were the bravest, stoutest, and most courageous; and this he proposed in a way of bravado, and in order to bring on a battle, or to decide the quarrel between them; and this bloody barbarous exercise Abner calls play, as if it was a diversion and pastime to see men wounding and killing one another:
and Joab said, let them arise; he accepted the challenge, not caring to be hectored and bullied by Abner.
John Wesley
And play - That is, shew their prowess and dexterity in fighting together. He speaks like a vain - glorious and cruel man, and a soldier of fortune, that esteemed it a sport to see men wounding and killing one another. So this he designed, partly for their mutual recreation and trial of skill; and partly, that by this occasion they might be engaged in a battle. But he is unworthy the name of a man, who is thus prodigal of human blood.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
Abner said to Joab, Let the young men now arise, and play before us--Some think that the proposal was only for an exhibition of a little tilting match for diversion. Others suppose that, both parties being reluctant to commence a civil war, Abner proposed to leave the contest to the decision of twelve picked men on either side. This fight by championship instead of terminating the matter, inflamed the fiercest passions of the two rival parties; a general engagement ensued, in which Abner and his forces were defeated and put to flight.
2:152:15: Եւ յարեան, եւ անցին թուով ՚ի մանկանցն Բենիամինի երկոտասանք, եւ Յեբուսթեայ որդւոյ Սաւուղայ. եւ ՚ի մանկանցն Դաւթի երկոտասանք[3172]. [3172] Այլք. Երկոտասանք Յեբուսթեայ որդւոյ Սա՛՛։
15 Յովաբն ասաց. «Թող մրցեն»: Բենիամինի ու Սաւուղի որդի Յեբուսթէի կողմից ելան տասներկու երիտասարդներ. Դաւթի կողմի՛ց էլ ելան տասներկու երիտասարդներ:
15 Ուստի անոնք նոյն թիւով ելան։ Բենիամինէն ու Սաւուղին որդիին Յեբուսթէին կողմէն տասներկու մարդ եւ Դաւիթի ծառաներէն՝ տասներկու մարդ։
Եւ յարեան, եւ անցին թուով ի մանկանցն Բենիամինի երկոտասանք, Յեբուսթեայ որդւոյ Սաւուղայ. եւ ի մանկանցն Դաւթի երկոտասանք:

2:15: Եւ յարեան, եւ անցին թուով ՚ի մանկանցն Բենիամինի երկոտասանք, եւ Յեբուսթեայ որդւոյ Սաւուղայ. եւ ՚ի մանկանցն Դաւթի երկոտասանք[3172].
[3172] Այլք. Երկոտասանք Յեբուսթեայ որդւոյ Սա՛՛։
15 Յովաբն ասաց. «Թող մրցեն»: Բենիամինի ու Սաւուղի որդի Յեբուսթէի կողմից ելան տասներկու երիտասարդներ. Դաւթի կողմի՛ց էլ ելան տասներկու երիտասարդներ:
15 Ուստի անոնք նոյն թիւով ելան։ Բենիամինէն ու Սաւուղին որդիին Յեբուսթէին կողմէն տասներկու մարդ եւ Դաւիթի ծառաներէն՝ տասներկու մարդ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:152:15 И встали и пошли числом двенадцать Вениамитян со стороны Иевосфея, сына Саулова, и двенадцать из слуг Давидовых.
2:15 καὶ και and; even ἀνέστησαν ανιστημι stand up; resurrect καὶ και and; even παρῆλθον παρερχομαι pass; transgress ἐν εν in ἀριθμῷ αριθμος number τῶν ο the παίδων παις child; boy Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin δώδεκα δωδεκα twelve τῶν ο the Ιεβοσθε ιεβοσθε son Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul καὶ και and; even δώδεκα δωδεκα twelve ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the παίδων παις child; boy Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
2:15 וַ wa וְ and יָּקֻ֖מוּ yyāqˌumû קום arise וַ wa וְ and יַּעַבְר֣וּ yyaʕavrˈû עבר pass בְ vᵊ בְּ in מִסְפָּ֑ר mispˈār מִסְפָּר number שְׁנֵ֧ים šᵊnˈêm שְׁנַיִם two עָשָׂ֣ר ʕāśˈār עָשָׂר -teen לְ lᵊ לְ to בִנְיָמִ֗ן vinyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to אִ֥ישׁ בֹּ֨שֶׁת֙ ʔˌîš bˈōšeṯ אִישׁ בֹּשֶׁת Ish-Bosheth בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul וּ û וְ and שְׁנֵ֥ים šᵊnˌêm שְׁנַיִם two עָשָׂ֖ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen מֵ mē מִן from עַבְדֵ֥י ʕavᵊḏˌê עֶבֶד servant דָוִֽד׃ ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
2:15. surrexerunt ergo et transierunt numero duodecim de Beniamin ex parte Hisboseth filii Saul et duodecim de pueris DavidThen there arose and went over twelve in number of Benjamin, of the part of Isboseth the son of Saul, and twelve of the servants of David.
15. Then they arose and went over by number; twelve for Benjamin, and for Ish-bosheth the son of Saul, and twelve of the servants of David.
2:15. Therefore, they rose up and crossed over, twelve in number of Benjamin, from the side of Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, and twelve of the youths of David.
2:15. Then there arose and went over by number twelve of Benjamin, which [pertained] to Ishbosheth the son of Saul, and twelve of the servants of David.
Then there arose and went over by number twelve of Benjamin, which [pertained] to Ish- bosheth the son of Saul, and twelve of the servants of David:

2:15 И встали и пошли числом двенадцать Вениамитян со стороны Иевосфея, сына Саулова, и двенадцать из слуг Давидовых.
2:15
καὶ και and; even
ἀνέστησαν ανιστημι stand up; resurrect
καὶ και and; even
παρῆλθον παρερχομαι pass; transgress
ἐν εν in
ἀριθμῷ αριθμος number
τῶν ο the
παίδων παις child; boy
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
δώδεκα δωδεκα twelve
τῶν ο the
Ιεβοσθε ιεβοσθε son
Σαουλ σαουλ Saoul; Saul
καὶ και and; even
δώδεκα δωδεκα twelve
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
παίδων παις child; boy
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
2:15
וַ wa וְ and
יָּקֻ֖מוּ yyāqˌumû קום arise
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעַבְר֣וּ yyaʕavrˈû עבר pass
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מִסְפָּ֑ר mispˈār מִסְפָּר number
שְׁנֵ֧ים šᵊnˈêm שְׁנַיִם two
עָשָׂ֣ר ʕāśˈār עָשָׂר -teen
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בִנְיָמִ֗ן vinyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אִ֥ישׁ בֹּ֨שֶׁת֙ ʔˌîš bˈōšeṯ אִישׁ בֹּשֶׁת Ish-Bosheth
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
שָׁא֔וּל šāʔˈûl שָׁאוּל Saul
וּ û וְ and
שְׁנֵ֥ים šᵊnˌêm שְׁנַיִם two
עָשָׂ֖ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen
מֵ מִן from
עַבְדֵ֥י ʕavᵊḏˌê עֶבֶד servant
דָוִֽד׃ ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
2:15. surrexerunt ergo et transierunt numero duodecim de Beniamin ex parte Hisboseth filii Saul et duodecim de pueris David
Then there arose and went over twelve in number of Benjamin, of the part of Isboseth the son of Saul, and twelve of the servants of David.
2:15. Therefore, they rose up and crossed over, twelve in number of Benjamin, from the side of Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, and twelve of the youths of David.
2:15. Then there arose and went over by number twelve of Benjamin, which [pertained] to Ishbosheth the son of Saul, and twelve of the servants of David.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
15-17: Устроенный по совету Авенира поединок не решил, однако, спорного вопроса, так как все участники этого поединка остались мертвыми на поле состязания. Между тем разгоревшиеся страсти сторон не ждали, а уже требовали этого решения, и притом сейчас же. Произошло кровопролитное сражение.

Xелкав-Xаццурим, - по тексту Вульгаты: "Аger robustorum"; по тексту 70-ти: "Μέρις επιβούλων".
John Gill
Then there arose and went over by number twelve of Benjamin,.... Whom Abner had picked out of that tribe, being his own, and whom he knew to be stout and courageous men, and closely attached to him. It seems by this as if Abner's men:
which pertained to Ishbosheth, the son of Saul, passed over the pool of Gibeon unto Joab's men; so forward were they to engage in this duel, and it makes it still more appear that they were the aggressors:
and twelve of the servants of David; of his army under Joab, whom Joab either selected, or they, offered themselves as willing to engage with the twelve that were come over.
2:162:16: եւ կալան այր իւրաքանչիւր ձեռամբ զգլխո՛յ ընկերի իւրոյ, եւ սո՛ւր ՚ի կողս ընկերի իւրոյ. եւ անդէ՛ն անկանէին եւ մեռանէին. եւ կոչեցաւ անուն տեղւոյն այնորիկ Վիճա՛կ դաւաճանաց, որ է՛ ՚ի Գաբաւոն[3173]։ [3173] Ոմանք. Եւ սուր իւր ՚ի կողս ըն՛՛։
16 Ամէն մէկը ձեռքով բռնեց իր մրցակցի գլխից ու սուրը խրեց իր մրցակցի կողը: Բոլորն այնտեղ ընկան ու մեռան: Եւ այդ տեղի անունը դրեցին Դաւաճանների դաշտ, որը Գաբաւոնում է գտնւում:
16 Ամէն մէկը իր ընկերին գլխէն բռնեց եւ իր սուրը իր ընկերին կողը խոթեց ու մէկտեղ ինկան։ Այն տեղին անունը Քեղկաթ–Ասուրիմ* կոչուեցաւ, որ Գաբաւոնի մէջ է։
եւ կալան այր իւրաքանչիւր ձեռամբ զգլխոյ ընկերի իւրոյ, եւ սուր ի կողս ընկերի իւրոյ. եւ անդէն անկանէին [12]եւ մեռանէին``. եւ կոչեցաւ անուն տեղւոյն այնորիկ Վիճակ դաւաճանաց, որ է ի Գաբաւոն:

2:16: եւ կալան այր իւրաքանչիւր ձեռամբ զգլխո՛յ ընկերի իւրոյ, եւ սո՛ւր ՚ի կողս ընկերի իւրոյ. եւ անդէ՛ն անկանէին եւ մեռանէին. եւ կոչեցաւ անուն տեղւոյն այնորիկ Վիճա՛կ դաւաճանաց, որ է՛ ՚ի Գաբաւոն[3173]։
[3173] Ոմանք. Եւ սուր իւր ՚ի կողս ըն՛՛։
16 Ամէն մէկը ձեռքով բռնեց իր մրցակցի գլխից ու սուրը խրեց իր մրցակցի կողը: Բոլորն այնտեղ ընկան ու մեռան: Եւ այդ տեղի անունը դրեցին Դաւաճանների դաշտ, որը Գաբաւոնում է գտնւում:
16 Ամէն մէկը իր ընկերին գլխէն բռնեց եւ իր սուրը իր ընկերին կողը խոթեց ու մէկտեղ ինկան։ Այն տեղին անունը Քեղկաթ–Ասուրիմ* կոչուեցաւ, որ Գաբաւոնի մէջ է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:162:16 Они схватили друг друга за голову, {вонзили} меч один другому в бок и пали вместе. И было названо это место Хелкаф-Хаццурим, что в Гаваоне.
2:16 καὶ και and; even ἐκράτησαν κρατεω seize; retain ἕκαστος εκαστος each τῇ ο the χειρὶ χειρ hand τὴν ο the κεφαλὴν κεφαλη head; top τοῦ ο the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even μάχαιρα μαχαιρα short sword αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for πλευρὰν πλευρα side τοῦ ο the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πίπτουσιν πιπτω fall κατὰ κατα down; by τὸ ο the αὐτό αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐκλήθη καλεω call; invite τὸ ο the ὄνομα ονομα name; notable τοῦ ο the τόπου τοπος place; locality ἐκείνου εκεινος that μερὶς μερις portion τῶν ο the ἐπιβούλων επιβουλη plot ἥ ος who; what ἐστιν ειμι be ἐν εν in Γαβαων γαβαων Gabaōn; Gavaon
2:16 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲזִ֜קוּ yyaḥᵃzˈiqû חזק be strong אִ֣ישׁ׀ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רֹ֣אשׁ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head רֵעֵ֗הוּ rēʕˈēhû רֵעַ fellow וְ wᵊ וְ and חַרְבֹּו֙ ḥarbˌô חֶרֶב dagger בְּ bᵊ בְּ in צַ֣ד ṣˈaḏ צַד side רֵעֵ֔הוּ rēʕˈēhû רֵעַ fellow וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּפְּל֖וּ yyippᵊlˌû נפל fall יַחְדָּ֑ו yaḥdˈāw יַחְדָּו together וַ wa וְ and יִּקְרָא֙ yyiqrˌā קרא call לַ la לְ to † הַ the מָּקֹ֣ום mmāqˈôm מָקֹום place הַ ha הַ the ה֔וּא hˈû הוּא he חֶלְקַ֥ת הַצֻּרִ֖ים ḥelqˌaṯ haṣṣurˌîm חֶלְקַת הַצּוּרִים Helkath Hazzurim אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in גִבְעֹֽון׃ ḡivʕˈôn גִּבְעֹון Gibeon
2:16. adprehensoque unusquisque capite conparis sui defixit gladium in latus contrarii et ceciderunt simul vocatumque est nomen loci illius ager Robustorum in GabaonAnd every one catching his fellow by the head, thrust his sword into the side of his adversary, and they fell down together: and the name of the place was called: The field of the valiant, in Gabaon.
16. And they caught every one his fellow by the head, and his sword in his fellow’s side; so they fell down together: wherefore that place was called Helkath-hazzurim, which is in Gibeon.
2:16. And each one, taking hold of his peer by the head, fixed a sword into the side of his adversary, and they fell down together. And the name of that place was called: The Field of the Valiant in Gibeon.
2:16. And they caught every one his fellow by the head, and [thrust] his sword in his fellow’s side; so they fell down together: wherefore that place was called Helkathhazzurim, which [is] in Gibeon.
And they caught every one his fellow by the head, and [thrust] his sword in his fellow' s side; so they fell down together: wherefore that place was called Helkath- hazzurim, which [is] in Gibeon:

2:16 Они схватили друг друга за голову, {вонзили} меч один другому в бок и пали вместе. И было названо это место Хелкаф-Хаццурим, что в Гаваоне.
2:16
καὶ και and; even
ἐκράτησαν κρατεω seize; retain
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
τῇ ο the
χειρὶ χειρ hand
τὴν ο the
κεφαλὴν κεφαλη head; top
τοῦ ο the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
μάχαιρα μαχαιρα short sword
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
πλευρὰν πλευρα side
τοῦ ο the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πίπτουσιν πιπτω fall
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸ ο the
αὐτό αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐκλήθη καλεω call; invite
τὸ ο the
ὄνομα ονομα name; notable
τοῦ ο the
τόπου τοπος place; locality
ἐκείνου εκεινος that
μερὶς μερις portion
τῶν ο the
ἐπιβούλων επιβουλη plot
ος who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
Γαβαων γαβαων Gabaōn; Gavaon
2:16
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲזִ֜קוּ yyaḥᵃzˈiqû חזק be strong
אִ֣ישׁ׀ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רֹ֣אשׁ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head
רֵעֵ֗הוּ rēʕˈēhû רֵעַ fellow
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חַרְבֹּו֙ ḥarbˌô חֶרֶב dagger
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
צַ֣ד ṣˈaḏ צַד side
רֵעֵ֔הוּ rēʕˈēhû רֵעַ fellow
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּפְּל֖וּ yyippᵊlˌû נפל fall
יַחְדָּ֑ו yaḥdˈāw יַחְדָּו together
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְרָא֙ yyiqrˌā קרא call
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מָּקֹ֣ום mmāqˈôm מָקֹום place
הַ ha הַ the
ה֔וּא hˈû הוּא he
חֶלְקַ֥ת הַצֻּרִ֖ים ḥelqˌaṯ haṣṣurˌîm חֶלְקַת הַצּוּרִים Helkath Hazzurim
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
גִבְעֹֽון׃ ḡivʕˈôn גִּבְעֹון Gibeon
2:16. adprehensoque unusquisque capite conparis sui defixit gladium in latus contrarii et ceciderunt simul vocatumque est nomen loci illius ager Robustorum in Gabaon
And every one catching his fellow by the head, thrust his sword into the side of his adversary, and they fell down together: and the name of the place was called: The field of the valiant, in Gabaon.
2:16. And each one, taking hold of his peer by the head, fixed a sword into the side of his adversary, and they fell down together. And the name of that place was called: The Field of the Valiant in Gibeon.
2:16. And they caught every one his fellow by the head, and [thrust] his sword in his fellow’s side; so they fell down together: wherefore that place was called Helkathhazzurim, which [is] in Gibeon.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:16: Caught every one his fellow by the head - Probably by the beard, if these persons were not too young to have one, or by the hair of the head. Alexander ordered all the Macedonians to shave their beards; and being asked by Parmenio why they should do so, answered, "Dost thou not know that in battle there is no better hold than the beard?"
Helkath-hazzurim - "The portion of the mighty;" or, "The inheritance of those who were slain," according to the Targum.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:18
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:16: Compare Livy's history of the battle between the Horatii and Curiatii. This combat, like that, may have been proposed as a means of avoiding the effusion of blood of two nations united by consanguinity, and having a common powerful enemy in the Philistines.
Helkath-hazzurim - i. e. "the part, field, or plat Gen 23:19 of the sharp edges or blades." This seems, on the whole, the best explanation of this rather obscure name.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:16: by the head: Probably by the beard or hair of the head. Plutarch, in his Apophthegms, informs us, that all things being ready for a battle, Alexander's captains asked him whether he had anything else to command them. "Nothing," said he, "but that the Macedonians shave their beards." Parmenio wondering what he meant, "Dost thou not know," said he, "that in fight, there is no better hold than the beard?"
Helkathhazzurim: that is, the field of strong men, Sa2 2:16
Geneva 1599
And they caught every one his (i) fellow by the head, and [thrust] his sword in his fellow's side; so they fell down together: wherefore that place was called Helkathhazzurim, which [is] in Gibeon.
(i) Meaning his adversary.
John Gill
And they caught everyone his fellow by the head,.... By the hair of his head with his hand:
and thrust his sword in his fellow's side; which he had in the other:
so they fell down together; the twelve on each side, all the twenty four; some think only the twelve on Abner's side fell; but to me it seems that they all fell dead as one man, since they thrust their swords in each other's sides:
wherefore that place was called Helkathhazzurim, which is in Gibeon; the field of rocks, or of mighty men as strong as rocks, who stood as immovable, and would not give way, but fell and died in the field of battle; the Targum interprets it, the inheritance of the slain.
John Wesley
By the head - By the hair of the head, which after their manner was of a considerable length. Helkath - kazzurim - Or, the field of rock; that is, of men who stood like rocks unmovable, each one dying upon the spot where he fought.
2:172:17: Եւ եղեւ պատերազմ խի՛ստ յոյժ յաւուր յայնմիկ. եւ պարտեցաւ Աբեններ՝ եւ արք Իսրայէլի առաջի ծառայիցն Դաւթի։
17 Այդ օրը սաստիկ պատերազմ եղաւ, եւ Աբենները իսրայէլացիների հետ պարտուեց Դաւթի զինուորներից:
17 Այն օրը խիստ սաստիկ պատերազմ եղաւ ու Աբեններ Իսրայէլի մարդոց հետ Դաւիթին ծառաներէն յաղթուեցաւ։
Եւ եղեւ պատերազմ խիստ յոյժ յաւուր յայնմիկ. եւ պարտեցաւ Աբեններ եւ արք Իսրայելի առաջի ծառայիցն Դաւթի:

2:17: Եւ եղեւ պատերազմ խի՛ստ յոյժ յաւուր յայնմիկ. եւ պարտեցաւ Աբեններ՝ եւ արք Իսրայէլի առաջի ծառայիցն Դաւթի։
17 Այդ օրը սաստիկ պատերազմ եղաւ, եւ Աբենները իսրայէլացիների հետ պարտուեց Դաւթի զինուորներից:
17 Այն օրը խիստ սաստիկ պատերազմ եղաւ ու Աբեններ Իսրայէլի մարդոց հետ Դաւիթին ծառաներէն յաղթուեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:172:17 И произошло в тот день жесточайшее сражение, и Авенир с людьми Израильскими был поражен слугами Давида.
2:17 καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become ὁ ο the πόλεμος πολεμος battle σκληρὸς σκληρος hard; harsh ὥστε ωστε as such; that λίαν λιαν very ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that καὶ και and; even ἔπταισεν πταιω stumble Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing παίδων παις child; boy Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
2:17 וַ wa וְ and תְּהִ֧י ttᵊhˈî היה be הַ ha הַ the מִּלְחָמָ֛ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war קָשָׁ֥ה qāšˌā קָשֶׁה hard עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto מְאֹ֖ד mᵊʔˌōḏ מְאֹד might בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he וַ wa וְ and יִּנָּ֤גֶף yyinnˈāḡef נגף hurt אַבְנֵר֙ ʔavnˌēr אַבְנֵר Abner וְ wᵊ וְ and אַנְשֵׁ֣י ʔanšˈê אִישׁ man יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face עַבְדֵ֥י ʕavᵊḏˌê עֶבֶד servant דָוִֽד׃ ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
2:17. et ortum est bellum durum satis in die illa fugatusque est Abner et viri Israhel a pueris DavidAnd there was a very fierce battle that day: and Abner was put to flight, with the men of Israel, by the servants of David.
17. And the battle was very sore that day; and Abner was beaten, and the men of Israel, before the servants of David.
2:17. And a very harsh war rose up on that day. And Abner, with the men of Israel, was put to flight by the youths of David.
2:17. And there was a very sore battle that day; and Abner was beaten, and the men of Israel, before the servants of David.
And there was a very sore battle that day; and Abner was beaten, and the men of Israel, before the servants of David:

2:17 И произошло в тот день жесточайшее сражение, и Авенир с людьми Израильскими был поражен слугами Давида.
2:17
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
ο the
πόλεμος πολεμος battle
σκληρὸς σκληρος hard; harsh
ὥστε ωστε as such; that
λίαν λιαν very
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that
καὶ και and; even
ἔπταισεν πταιω stumble
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
παίδων παις child; boy
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
2:17
וַ wa וְ and
תְּהִ֧י ttᵊhˈî היה be
הַ ha הַ the
מִּלְחָמָ֛ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
קָשָׁ֥ה qāšˌā קָשֶׁה hard
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
מְאֹ֖ד mᵊʔˌōḏ מְאֹד might
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
וַ wa וְ and
יִּנָּ֤גֶף yyinnˈāḡef נגף hurt
אַבְנֵר֙ ʔavnˌēr אַבְנֵר Abner
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַנְשֵׁ֣י ʔanšˈê אִישׁ man
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
עַבְדֵ֥י ʕavᵊḏˌê עֶבֶד servant
דָוִֽד׃ ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
2:17. et ortum est bellum durum satis in die illa fugatusque est Abner et viri Israhel a pueris David
And there was a very fierce battle that day: and Abner was put to flight, with the men of Israel, by the servants of David.
2:17. And a very harsh war rose up on that day. And Abner, with the men of Israel, was put to flight by the youths of David.
2:17. And there was a very sore battle that day; and Abner was beaten, and the men of Israel, before the servants of David.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:17: Neither side had the advantage in the combat of twelve a side; hence, the quarrel was fought out with great fierceness by the two armies, and the victory was won by David.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:17: Abner: Sa2 3:1
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

As this single combat decided nothing, there followed a general and very sore or fierce battle, in which Abner and his troops were put to flight by the soldiers of David. The only thing connected with this, of which we have any further account, is the slaughter of Asahel by Abner, which is mentioned here (2Kings 2:18-23) on account of the important results which followed. Of the three sons of Zeruiah, viz., Joab, Abishai, and Asahel, Asahel was peculiarly light of foot, like one of the gazelles; and he pursued Abner most eagerly, without turning aside to the right or to the left.
Geneva 1599
And there was a very sore battle that day; and Abner was beaten, and the men of Israel, (k) before the servants of David.
(k) After that these four and twenty were slain.
John Gill
And there was a very sore battle that day,.... When the twenty four men fell together, and no decision could be made thereby, or any triumph on either side, both armies drew up in battle array, and fought very furiously:
and Abner was beaten, and the men of Israel, before the servants of David; the army under him had the worst of it, and were routed, and obliged to flee before the army of David under the command of Joab.
2:182:18: Եւ ա՛նդ էին երեք որդիքն Շարուհեայ. Յովաբ, եւ Աբեսսա, եւ Ասայէլ. եւ Ասայէլ թեթեւ՛ էր ոտիւք իբրեւ զմի յայծեմանց ՚ի դաշտի։
18 Այնտեղ էին Շարուհիի երեք որդիները՝ Յովաբը, Աբեսսան եւ Ասայէլը: Ասայէլը դաշտի այծեամի պէս թեթեւաքայլ էր:
18 Շարուհեային երեք որդիները՝ Յովաբ, Աբեսսա ու Ասայէլ՝ հոն էին ու Ասայէլ դաշտի այծեամի պէս ոտքով թեթեւ էր։
Եւ անդ էին երեք որդիքն Շարուհեայ, Յովաբ եւ Աբեսսա եւ Ասայէլ. եւ Ասայէլ թեթեւ էր ոտիւք իբրեւ զմի յայծեմանց ի դաշտի:

2:18: Եւ ա՛նդ էին երեք որդիքն Շարուհեայ. Յովաբ, եւ Աբեսսա, եւ Ասայէլ. եւ Ասայէլ թեթեւ՛ էր ոտիւք իբրեւ զմի յայծեմանց ՚ի դաշտի։
18 Այնտեղ էին Շարուհիի երեք որդիները՝ Յովաբը, Աբեսսան եւ Ասայէլը: Ասայէլը դաշտի այծեամի պէս թեթեւաքայլ էր:
18 Շարուհեային երեք որդիները՝ Յովաբ, Աբեսսա ու Ասայէլ՝ հոն էին ու Ասայէլ դաշտի այծեամի պէս ոտքով թեթեւ էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:182:18 И были там три сына Саруи: Иоав, и Авесса, и Асаил. Асаил же был легок на ноги, как серна в поле.
2:18 καὶ και and; even ἐγένοντο γινομαι happen; become ἐκεῖ εκει there τρεῖς τρεις three υἱοὶ υιος son Σαρουιας σαρουιας and; even Αβεσσα αβεσσα and; even Ασαηλ ασαηλ and; even Ασαηλ ασαηλ the ποσὶν πους foot; pace αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὡσεὶ ωσει as if; about μία εις.1 one; unit δορκὰς δορκας.1 in ἀγρῷ αγρος field
2:18 וַ wa וְ and יִּֽהְיוּ־ yyˈihyû- היה be שָׁ֗ם šˈām שָׁם there שְׁלֹשָׁה֙ šᵊlōšˌā שָׁלֹשׁ three בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son צְרוּיָ֔ה ṣᵊrûyˈā צְרוּיָה Zeruiah יֹואָ֥ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab וַ wa וְ and אֲבִישַׁ֖י ʔᵃvîšˌay אֲבִישַׁי Abishai וַ wa וְ and עֲשָׂהאֵ֑ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel וַ wa וְ and עֲשָׂהאֵל֙ ʕᵃśāhʔˌēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel קַ֣ל qˈal קַל light בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רַגְלָ֔יו raḡlˈāʸw רֶגֶל foot כְּ kᵊ כְּ as אַחַ֥ד ʔaḥˌaḏ אֶחָד one הַ ha הַ the צְּבָיִ֖ם ṣṣᵊvāyˌim צְבִי gazelle אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׂדֶֽה׃ śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field
2:18. erant autem ibi tres filii Sarviae Ioab et Abisai et Asahel porro Asahel cursor velocissimus fuit quasi unus ex capreis quae morantur in silvis
18. And the three sons of Zeruiah were there, Joab, and Abishai, and Asahel: and Asahel was as light of foot as a wild roe.
2:18. Now the three sons of Zeruiah were in that place: Joab, and Abishai, and Asahel. And Asahel was a very swift runner, like one of the deer that lives in the forest.
2:18. And there were three sons of Zeruiah there, Joab, and Abishai, and Asahel: and Asahel [was as] light of foot as a wild roe.
And there were three sons of Zeruiah there, Joab, and Abishai, and Asahel: and Asahel [was as] light of foot as a wild roe:

2:18 И были там три сына Саруи: Иоав, и Авесса, и Асаил. Асаил же был легок на ноги, как серна в поле.
2:18
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένοντο γινομαι happen; become
ἐκεῖ εκει there
τρεῖς τρεις three
υἱοὶ υιος son
Σαρουιας σαρουιας and; even
Αβεσσα αβεσσα and; even
Ασαηλ ασαηλ and; even
Ασαηλ ασαηλ the
ποσὶν πους foot; pace
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὡσεὶ ωσει as if; about
μία εις.1 one; unit
δορκὰς δορκας.1 in
ἀγρῷ αγρος field
2:18
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽהְיוּ־ yyˈihyû- היה be
שָׁ֗ם šˈām שָׁם there
שְׁלֹשָׁה֙ šᵊlōšˌā שָׁלֹשׁ three
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
צְרוּיָ֔ה ṣᵊrûyˈā צְרוּיָה Zeruiah
יֹואָ֥ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab
וַ wa וְ and
אֲבִישַׁ֖י ʔᵃvîšˌay אֲבִישַׁי Abishai
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשָׂהאֵ֑ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשָׂהאֵל֙ ʕᵃśāhʔˌēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
קַ֣ל qˈal קַל light
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רַגְלָ֔יו raḡlˈāʸw רֶגֶל foot
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
אַחַ֥ד ʔaḥˌaḏ אֶחָד one
הַ ha הַ the
צְּבָיִ֖ם ṣṣᵊvāyˌim צְבִי gazelle
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׂדֶֽה׃ śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field
2:18. erant autem ibi tres filii Sarviae Ioab et Abisai et Asahel porro Asahel cursor velocissimus fuit quasi unus ex capreis quae morantur in silvis
2:18. Now the three sons of Zeruiah were in that place: Joab, and Abishai, and Asahel. And Asahel was a very swift runner, like one of the deer that lives in the forest.
2:18. And there were three sons of Zeruiah there, Joab, and Abishai, and Asahel: and Asahel [was as] light of foot as a wild roe.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Asahel Slain by Abner. B. C. 1053.

18 And there were three sons of Zeruiah there, Joab, and Abishai, and Asahel: and Asahel was as light of foot as a wild roe. 19 And Asahel pursued after Abner; and in going he turned not to the right hand nor to the left from following Abner. 20 Then Abner looked behind him, and said, Art thou Asahel? And he answered, I am. 21 And Abner said to him, Turn thee aside to thy right hand or to thy left, and lay thee hold on one of the young men, and take thee his armour. But Asahel would not turn aside from following of him. 22 And Abner said again to Asahel, Turn thee aside from following me: wherefore should I smite thee to the ground? how then should I hold up my face to Joab thy brother? 23 Howbeit he refused to turn aside: wherefore Abner with the hinder end of the spear smote him under the fifth rib, that the spear came out behind him; and he fell down there, and died in the same place: and it came to pass, that as many as came to the place where Asahel fell down and died stood still. 24 Joab also and Abishai pursued after Abner: and the sun went down when they were come to the hill of Ammah, that lieth before Giah by the way of the wilderness of Gibeon.
We have here the contest between Abner and Asahel. Asahel, the brother of Joab and cousin-german to David, was one of the principal commanders of David's forces, and was famous for swiftness in running: he was as light of foot as a wild roe (v. 18); this he got the name of by swift pursuing, not swift flying. Yet, we may suppose, he was not comparable to Abner as a skilful experienced soldier; we must therefore observe,
I. How rash he was in aiming to make Abner his prisoner. He pursued after him, and no other, v. 19. Proud of his relation to David and Joab, his own swiftness, and the success of his party, no less a trophy of victory would now serve the young warrior than Abner himself, either slain or bound, which he thought would put an end to the war and effectually open David's way to the throne. This made him very eager in the pursuit, and careless of the opportunities he had of seizing others in his way, on his right hand and on his left; his eye was on Abner only. The design was brave, had he been par negotio--equal to its accomplishment: but let not the swift man glory in his swiftness, any more than the strong man in his strength; magnis excidit ausis--he perished in an attempt too vast for him.
II. How generous Abner was in giving him notice of the danger he exposed himself to, and advising him not to meddle to his own hurt, 2 Chron. xxv. 19. 1. He bade him content himself with a less prey (v. 21): "Lay hold of one of the young men, plunder him and make him thy prisoner, meddle with thy match, but pretend not to one who is so much superior to thee." It is wisdom in all contests to compare our own strength with that of our adversaries, and to take heed of being partial to ourselves in making the comparison, lest we prove in the issue enemies to ourselves, Luke xiv. 31. 2. He begged of him not to put him upon the necessity of slaying him in his own defence, which he was very loth to do, but must do rather than be slain by him, v. 22. Abner, it seems, either loved Joab or feared him; for he was very loth to incur his displeasure, which he would certainly do if he slew Asahel. It is commendable for enemies to be thus respectful one to another. Abner's care how he should lift up his face to Joab gives cause to suspect that he really believed David would have the kingdom at last, according to the divine designation, and then, in opposing him, he acted against his conscience.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:18: Asahel was as light of foot as a wild roe - To be swift of foot was deemed a great accomplishment in the heroes of antiquity; ποδας ωκυς Αχιλλευς, the swift-footed Achilles, is an epithet which Homer gives to that hero no less than thirty times in the course of the Ilias. It has a qualification also among the Roman soldiers; they were taught both to run swiftly, and to swim well.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:21
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:18: three: Ch1 2:15, Ch1 2:16, Ch1 11:26
was as light: Sa2 1:23; Ch1 12:8; Psa 147:10, Psa 147:11; Ecc 9:11; Amo 2:14
foot: Heb. his feet
a wild roe: Heb. one of the roes that is in the field, Psa 18:33; Sol 2:17, Sol 8:14; Hab 3:19, The word tzevee, rather denotes the gazelle or antelope (see note on Deu 15:22.)
John Gill
And there were three sons of Zeruiah there,.... In the battle:
Joab, and Abishai, and Asahel; Joab was the general of the array, Abishai was he who went into Saul's host at night, and took away his spear and cruse of water at his head, 1Kings 26:6; and it is for the sake of the third, Asahel, that the account is given, the story of his death being about to be told.
And Asahel was as light of foot as a wild roe: swiftness of foot, as well as courage, for which this man was famous, 1Chron 11:26; was a very great qualification for a warrior (e). So Achilles, in Homer (f), is often said to be swift of foot, and others of his heroes are commended for their swiftness. Harold son of King Canutus, was from his swiftness (g) called Harefoot; as here this man for the same reason is compared to a wild roe, which is a very swift creature, or to one of the roes that were in the field as in the original text. See Song 2:7; one sort of which, called "kemas", is said to run as swift as a tempest (h).
(e) Cornel. Nepos, Epaminond. l. 2. (f) , Iliad. 1. lin. 15. (g) Rapin's History of England, vol. 1. p. 128. (h) Aelian. Hist. de Animal, l. 14. c. 14.
2:192:19: Եւ պնդեցաւ Ասայէլ զհետ Աբեններեայ. եւ ո՛չ խոտորեցաւ երթալ յաջ եւ ո՛չ յահեակ ՚ի հետոց Աբեններեայ։
19 Ասայէլը հետապնդեց Աբեններին եւ նրան հալածելիս աջ ու ձախ չխոտորուեց:
19 Ասայէլ Աբենների ետեւէն ինկաւ ու աջ կամ ձախ կողմը չխոտորեցաւ։
Եւ պնդեցաւ Ասայէլ զհետ Աբեններեայ, եւ ոչ խոտորեցաւ երթալ յաջ եւ ոչ յահեակ ի հետոց Աբեններեայ:

2:19: Եւ պնդեցաւ Ասայէլ զհետ Աբեններեայ. եւ ո՛չ խոտորեցաւ երթալ յաջ եւ ո՛չ յահեակ ՚ի հետոց Աբեններեայ։
19 Ասայէլը հետապնդեց Աբեններին եւ նրան հալածելիս աջ ու ձախ չխոտորուեց:
19 Ասայէլ Աբենների ետեւէն ինկաւ ու աջ կամ ձախ կողմը չխոտորեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:192:19 И погнался Асаил за Авениром и преследовал его, не уклоняясь ни направо, ни налево от следов Авенира.
2:19 καὶ και and; even κατεδίωξεν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard Ασαηλ ασαηλ in back; after Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even οὐκ ου not ἐξέκλινεν εκκλινω deviate; avoid τοῦ ο the πορεύεσθαι πορευομαι travel; go εἰς εις into; for δεξιὰ δεξιος right οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither εἰς εις into; for ἀριστερὰ αριστερος left κατόπισθεν κατοπισθεν Abennēr; Avennir
2:19 וַ wa וְ and יִּרְדֹּ֥ף yyirdˌōf רדף pursue עֲשָׂהאֵ֖ל ʕᵃśāhʔˌēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after אַבְנֵ֑ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not נָטָ֣ה nāṭˈā נטה extend לָ lā לְ to לֶ֗כֶת lˈeḵeṯ הלך walk עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּמִין֙ yyāmîn יָמִין right-hand side וְ wᵊ וְ and עַֽל־ ʕˈal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the שְּׂמֹ֔אול śśᵊmˈôl שְׂמֹאל lefthand side מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרֵ֖י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after אַבְנֵֽר׃ ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
2:19. persequebatur autem Asahel Abner et non declinavit ad dexteram sive ad sinistram omittens persequi Abner
19. And Asahel pursued after Abner; and in going he turned not to the right hand nor to the left from following Abner.
2:19. And Asahel pursued Abner, and he did not turn aside to the right, nor to the left, to cease in the pursuit of Abner.
2:19. And Asahel pursued after Abner; and in going he turned not to the right hand nor to the left from following Abner.
And Asahel pursued after Abner; and in going he turned not to the right hand nor to the left from following Abner:

2:19 И погнался Асаил за Авениром и преследовал его, не уклоняясь ни направо, ни налево от следов Авенира.
2:19
καὶ και and; even
κατεδίωξεν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
Ασαηλ ασαηλ in back; after
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἐξέκλινεν εκκλινω deviate; avoid
τοῦ ο the
πορεύεσθαι πορευομαι travel; go
εἰς εις into; for
δεξιὰ δεξιος right
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
εἰς εις into; for
ἀριστερὰ αριστερος left
κατόπισθεν κατοπισθεν Abennēr; Avennir
2:19
וַ wa וְ and
יִּרְדֹּ֥ף yyirdˌōf רדף pursue
עֲשָׂהאֵ֖ל ʕᵃśāhʔˌēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
אַבְנֵ֑ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
נָטָ֣ה nāṭˈā נטה extend
לָ לְ to
לֶ֗כֶת lˈeḵeṯ הלך walk
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִין֙ yyāmîn יָמִין right-hand side
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַֽל־ ʕˈal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
שְּׂמֹ֔אול śśᵊmˈôl שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרֵ֖י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
אַבְנֵֽר׃ ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
2:19. persequebatur autem Asahel Abner et non declinavit ad dexteram sive ad sinistram omittens persequi Abner
2:19. And Asahel pursued Abner, and he did not turn aside to the right, nor to the left, to cease in the pursuit of Abner.
2:19. And Asahel pursued after Abner; and in going he turned not to the right hand nor to the left from following Abner.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:19: turned: Sa2 2:21; Jos 1:7, Jos 23:6; Kg2 22:2; Pro 4:27
following Abner: Heb. after Abner
John Gill
And Asahel pursued after Abner,.... Ambitious of the glory of taking or slaying the general of the army of Israel; trusting to his swiftness, not considering that the race is not always to the swift, and that he had to do with a veteran soldier, and he a raw young man, though valiant:
and in going he turned not to the right hand nor to the left in following Abner; he kept his eye upon him, and pursued him closely, disregarding persons on the right or left he could have made prisoners; but those he neglected, being bent on taking Abner if possible.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
ASAHEL SLAIN. (2Kings 2:19-32)
Asahel pursued after Abner--To gain the general's armor was deemed the grandest trophy. Asahel, ambitious of securing Abner's, had outstripped all other pursuers, and was fast gaining on the retreating commander. Abner, conscious of possessing more physical power, and unwilling that there should be "blood" between himself and Joab, Asahel's brother, twice urged him to desist. The impetuous young soldier being deaf to the generous remonstrance, the veteran raised the pointed butt of his lance, as the modern Arabs do when pursued, and, with a sudden back thrust, transfixed him on the spot, so that he fell, and lay weltering in his blood. But Joab and Abishai continued the pursuit by another route till sunset. On reaching a rising ground, and receiving a fresh reinforcement of some Benjamites, Abner rallied his scattered troops and earnestly appealed to Joab's better feelings to stop the further effusion of blood, which, if continued, would lead to more serious consequences--a destructive civil war. Joab, while upbraiding his opponent as the sole cause of the fray, felt the force of the appeal and led off his men; while Abner probably dreading a renewal of the attack when Joab should learn his brother's fate, and vow fierce revenge, endeavored, by a forced march, to cross the Jordan that night. On David's side the loss was only nineteen men, besides Asahel. But of Ish-bosheth's party there fell three hundred and sixty. This skirmish is exactly similar to the battles of the Homeric warriors, among whom, in the flight of one, the pursuit by another, and the dialogue held between them, there is vividly represented the style of ancient warfare.
2:202:20: Եւ հայեցաւ Աբեններ ՚ի թիկունս իւր՝ եւ ասէ. Եթէ դո՞ւ իցես Ասայէլ։ Եւ ասէ. Ե՛ս եմ։
20 Աբենները յետ նայեց եւ ասաց. «Դո՞ւ ես, Ասայէ՜լ»: Սա ասաց. «Ես եմ»:
20 Աբեններ ետեւը դարձաւ ու ըսաւ. «Ասայէ՛լ, դո՞ւն ես»։ Անիկա ըսաւ. «Ես եմ»։
Եւ հայեցաւ Աբեններ ի թիկունս իւր եւ ասէ. Եթէ դո՞ւ իցես Ասայէլ: Եւ ասէ. Ես եմ:

2:20: Եւ հայեցաւ Աբեններ ՚ի թիկունս իւր՝ եւ ասէ. Եթէ դո՞ւ իցես Ասայէլ։ Եւ ասէ. Ե՛ս եմ։
20 Աբենները յետ նայեց եւ ասաց. «Դո՞ւ ես, Ասայէ՜լ»: Սա ասաց. «Ես եմ»:
20 Աբեններ ետեւը դարձաւ ու ըսաւ. «Ասայէ՛լ, դո՞ւն ես»։ Անիկա ըսաւ. «Ես եմ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:202:20 И оглянулся Авенир назад и сказал: ты ли это, Асаил? Тот сказал: я.
2:20 καὶ και and; even ἐπέβλεψεν επιβλεπω look on Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ into; for τὰ ο the ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak εἰ ει if; whether σὺ συ you εἶ ειμι be αὐτὸς αυτος he; him Ασαηλ ασαηλ and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be
2:20 וַ wa וְ and יִּ֤פֶן yyˈifen פנה turn אַבְנֵר֙ ʔavnˌēr אַבְנֵר Abner אַֽחֲרָ֔יו ʔˈaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֕אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say הַ ha הֲ [interrogative] אַתָּ֥ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you זֶ֖ה zˌeh זֶה this עֲשָׂהאֵ֑ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֖אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say אָנֹֽכִי׃ ʔānˈōḵî אָנֹכִי i
2:20. respexit itaque Abner post tergum suum et ait tune es Asahel qui respondit ego sum
20. Then Abner looked behind him, and said, Is it thou, Asahel? And he answered, It is I.
2:20. And so, Abner looked behind his back, and he said, “Are you not Asahel?” And he responded, “I am.”
2:20. Then Abner looked behind him, and said, [Art] thou Asahel? And he answered, I [am].
Then Abner looked behind him, and said, [Art] thou Asahel? And he answered, I:

2:20 И оглянулся Авенир назад и сказал: ты ли это, Асаил? Тот сказал: я.
2:20
καὶ και and; even
ἐπέβλεψεν επιβλεπω look on
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ into; for
τὰ ο the
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
εἰ ει if; whether
σὺ συ you
εἶ ειμι be
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
Ασαηλ ασαηλ and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
2:20
וַ wa וְ and
יִּ֤פֶן yyˈifen פנה turn
אַבְנֵר֙ ʔavnˌēr אַבְנֵר Abner
אַֽחֲרָ֔יו ʔˈaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֕אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
הַ ha הֲ [interrogative]
אַתָּ֥ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
זֶ֖ה zˌeh זֶה this
עֲשָׂהאֵ֑ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֖אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
אָנֹֽכִי׃ ʔānˈōḵî אָנֹכִי i
2:20. respexit itaque Abner post tergum suum et ait tune es Asahel qui respondit ego sum
20. Then Abner looked behind him, and said, Is it thou, Asahel? And he answered, It is I.
2:20. And so, Abner looked behind his back, and he said, “Are you not Asahel?” And he responded, “I am.”
2:20. Then Abner looked behind him, and said, [Art] thou Asahel? And he answered, I [am].
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ all ▾
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Then Abner turned round, asked him whether he was Asahel, and said to him, "Turn to thy right hand or to thy left, and seize one of the young men and take his armour for thyself," i.e., slay one of the common soldiers, and take his accoutrements as booty, if thou art seeking for that kind of fame. But Asahel would not turn back from Abner. Then he repeated his command that he would depart, and added, "Why should I smite thee to the ground, and how could I then lift up my face to Joab thy brother?" from which we may see that Abner did not want to put the young hero to death, out of regard for Joab and their former friendship.
John Gill
Then Abner looked behind him,.... Perceiving one at his heels, and making haste up to him.
And said, art thou Asahel? for it seems he knew him personally, being well acquainted with his family:
and he answered, I am; so that they were very near to each other, as to discourse together, and be heard and understood by each other.
2:212:21: Եւ ասէ ցնա Աբեններ. Խոտորեա՛ դու յաջ կամ յահեակ, եւ կա՛լ քեզ մի ՚ի մանկտւոյդ, եւ ա՛ռ դու քեզ զսպառազինութիւն նորա։ Եւ ո՛չ կամեցաւ Ասայէլ խոտորել ՚ի հետոց նորա։
21 Աբեններն ասաց. «Խոտորուի՛ր աջ կամ ձախ, բռնի՛ր կտրիճներից մէկին ու վերցրո՛ւ նրա զէնքերը»: Ասայէլը, սակայն, չուզեց նրան հետապնդելուց հրաժարուել:
21 Աբեններ անոր ըսաւ. «Քու աջ կամ ձախ կողմդ խոտորէ ու կտրիճներէն մէկը բռնէ ու անոր զէնքերը քեզի առ»։ Բայց Ասայէլ անոր ետեւէն դառնալ չուզեց։
Եւ ասէ ցնա Աբեններ. Խոտորեա դու յաջ կամ յահեակ, եւ կալ քեզ մի ի մանկտւոյդ, եւ առ դու քեզ զսպառազինութիւն նորա: Եւ ոչ կամեցաւ Ասայէլ խոտորել ի հետոց նորա:

2:21: Եւ ասէ ցնա Աբեններ. Խոտորեա՛ դու յաջ կամ յահեակ, եւ կա՛լ քեզ մի ՚ի մանկտւոյդ, եւ ա՛ռ դու քեզ զսպառազինութիւն նորա։ Եւ ո՛չ կամեցաւ Ասայէլ խոտորել ՚ի հետոց նորա։
21 Աբեններն ասաց. «Խոտորուի՛ր աջ կամ ձախ, բռնի՛ր կտրիճներից մէկին ու վերցրո՛ւ նրա զէնքերը»: Ասայէլը, սակայն, չուզեց նրան հետապնդելուց հրաժարուել:
21 Աբեններ անոր ըսաւ. «Քու աջ կամ ձախ կողմդ խոտորէ ու կտրիճներէն մէկը բռնէ ու անոր զէնքերը քեզի առ»։ Բայց Ասայէլ անոր ետեւէն դառնալ չուզեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:212:21 И сказал ему Авенир: уклонись направо или налево, и выбери себе одного из отроков и возьми себе его вооружение. Но Асаил не захотел отстать от него.
2:21 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak αὐτῷ αυτος he; him Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ deviate; avoid σὺ συ you εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the δεξιὰ δεξιος right ἢ η or; than εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the ἀριστερὰ αριστερος left καὶ και and; even κάτασχε κατεχω retain; detain σαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself ἓν εις.1 one; unit τῶν ο the παιδαρίων παιδαριον little boy καὶ και and; even λαβὲ λαμβανω take; get σεαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself τὴν ο the πανοπλίαν πανοπλια panoply; full armor αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἠθέλησεν θελω determine; will Ασαηλ ασαηλ deviate; avoid ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the ὄπισθεν οπισθεν from behind; in back of αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:21 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֧אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say לֹ֣ו lˈô לְ to אַבְנֵ֗ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner נְטֵ֤ה nᵊṭˈē נטה extend לְךָ֙ lᵊḵˌā לְ to עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יְמִֽינְךָ֙ yᵊmˈînᵊḵā יָמִין right-hand side אֹ֣ו ʔˈô אֹו or עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂמֹאלֶ֔ךָ śᵊmōlˈeḵā שְׂמֹאל lefthand side וֶ we וְ and אֱחֹ֣ז ʔᵉḥˈōz אחז seize לְךָ֗ lᵊḵˈā לְ to אֶחָד֙ ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one מֵֽ mˈē מִן from הַ ha הַ the נְּעָרִ֔ים nnᵊʕārˈîm נַעַר boy וְ wᵊ וְ and קַח־ qaḥ- לקח take לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חֲלִצָתֹ֑ו ḥᵃliṣāṯˈô חֲלִיצָה stripped וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not אָבָ֣ה ʔāvˈā אבה want עֲשָׂהאֵ֔ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel לָ lā לְ to ס֖וּר sˌûr סור turn aside מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרָֽיו׃ ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after
2:21. dixitque ei Abner vade ad dextram sive ad sinistram et adprehende unum de adulescentibus et tolle tibi spolia eius noluit autem Asahel omittere quin urgueret eum
21. And Abner said to him, Turn thee aside to thy right hand or to thy left, and lay thee hold on one of the young men, and take thee his armour. But Asahel would not turn aside from following of him.
2:21. And Abner said to him, “Go to the right, or to the left, and apprehend one of the youths, and take his spoils for yourself.” But Asahel was not willing to cease from pursuing him closely.
2:21. And Abner said to him, Turn thee aside to thy right hand or to thy left, and lay thee hold on one of the young men, and take thee his armour. But Asahel would not turn aside from following of him.
And Abner said to him, Turn thee aside to thy right hand or to thy left, and lay thee hold on one of the young men, and take thee his armour. But Asahel would not turn aside from following of him:

2:21 И сказал ему Авенир: уклонись направо или налево, и выбери себе одного из отроков и возьми себе его вооружение. Но Асаил не захотел отстать от него.
2:21
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ deviate; avoid
σὺ συ you
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
δεξιὰ δεξιος right
η or; than
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
ἀριστερὰ αριστερος left
καὶ και and; even
κάτασχε κατεχω retain; detain
σαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself
ἓν εις.1 one; unit
τῶν ο the
παιδαρίων παιδαριον little boy
καὶ και and; even
λαβὲ λαμβανω take; get
σεαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself
τὴν ο the
πανοπλίαν πανοπλια panoply; full armor
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἠθέλησεν θελω determine; will
Ασαηλ ασαηλ deviate; avoid
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
ὄπισθεν οπισθεν from behind; in back of
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:21
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֧אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
לֹ֣ו lˈô לְ to
אַבְנֵ֗ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
נְטֵ֤ה nᵊṭˈē נטה extend
לְךָ֙ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יְמִֽינְךָ֙ yᵊmˈînᵊḵā יָמִין right-hand side
אֹ֣ו ʔˈô אֹו or
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂמֹאלֶ֔ךָ śᵊmōlˈeḵā שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
וֶ we וְ and
אֱחֹ֣ז ʔᵉḥˈōz אחז seize
לְךָ֗ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
אֶחָד֙ ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
נְּעָרִ֔ים nnᵊʕārˈîm נַעַר boy
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קַח־ qaḥ- לקח take
לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חֲלִצָתֹ֑ו ḥᵃliṣāṯˈô חֲלִיצָה stripped
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
אָבָ֣ה ʔāvˈā אבה want
עֲשָׂהאֵ֔ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
לָ לְ to
ס֖וּר sˌûr סור turn aside
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרָֽיו׃ ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after
2:21. dixitque ei Abner vade ad dextram sive ad sinistram et adprehende unum de adulescentibus et tolle tibi spolia eius noluit autem Asahel omittere quin urgueret eum
2:21. And Abner said to him, “Go to the right, or to the left, and apprehend one of the youths, and take his spoils for yourself.” But Asahel was not willing to cease from pursuing him closely.
2:21. And Abner said to him, Turn thee aside to thy right hand or to thy left, and lay thee hold on one of the young men, and take thee his armour. But Asahel would not turn aside from following of him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:21: Take thee his armor - It seems Asahel wished to get the armor of Abner as a trophy; this also was greatly coveted by ancient heroes. Abner wished to spare him, for fear of exciting Joab's enmity; but as Asahel was obstinate in the pursuit, and was swifter of foot than Abner, the latter saw that he must either kill or be killed, and therefore he turned his spear and ran it through the body of Asahel. This turning about that he might pierce him is what we translate "the hinder end of his spear." This slaying of Asahel cost Abner his life, as we shall find in the next chapter.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:27
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:21: His armour - Rather, as in the margin; i. e. content thyself with the spoil of some inferior soldier for a trophy.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:21: and take thee: It seems that Asahel wished to get the armour of Abner as a trophy.
armour: or, spoil, Jdg 14:19
John Gill
And Abner said unto him,.... Having a respect for him, and consulting his good, and however fearing his brother Joab should he slay him:
turn thee aside to thy right or to thy left; he does not advise him to go back, which would have been to his disgrace, having engaged in the pursuit, but to turn to the right or left, as if pursuing some other person and not Abner:
and lay thee hold on one of the young men, and take thee his armour; one of the common soldiers, or an attendant on Abner, a young man like himself, whom he might be able to cope with, and take him a prisoner and disarm him, when he was not a match for such an old experienced officer as he was; and this Abner seems to speak as a friend, consulting the young man's safety and his honour too.
But, Asahel would not turn aside from following him; fired with the ambition of taking him, and not content with any prey short of him; and perhaps was the more animated by what he said, as supposing it arose from fear of him.
John Wesley
And take, &c. - If thou art ambitious to get a trophy or mark of thy valour, desist from me who am an old and experienced captain, and go to some young and raw soldier; try thy skill upon him, and take away his arms from him.
2:222:22: Եւ յաւե՛լ եւս Աբեններ ասել ցԱսայէլ. ՚Ի բա՛ց կաց յինէն, զի մի՛ հարից զքեզ ընդ գետին. եւ զիա՞րդ ամբարձից զերեսս իմ առ Յովաբ. եւ ո՞ւր լինիցի այն. դարձի՛ր առ Յովաբ եղբայր քո։
22 Աբենները մի անգամ եւս ասաց Ասայէլին. «Հեռո՛ւ մնա ինձանից, որ քեզ գետին չխփեմ, թէ չէ ի՞նչ երեսով պիտի ներկայանամ Յովաբին, եւ ինչի՞ նման կը լինի դա:
22 Աբեններ նորէն մէյ մըն ալ Ասայէլին ըսաւ. «Ետեւէս դարձի՛ր. քեզ ինչո՞ւ համար գետինը զարնեմ. այն ատեն ի՞նչպէս երեսս վերցնեմ քու եղբօրդ Յովաբին նայիմ»։
Եւ յաւել եւս Աբեններ ասել ցԱսայէլ. Ի բաց կաց յինէն, զի մի՛ հարից զքեզ ընդ գետին. եւ զիա՞րդ ամբարձից զերեսս իմ առ Յովաբ, [13]եւ ո՞ւր լինիցի այն. դարձիր առ Յովաբ`` եղբայր քո:

2:22: Եւ յաւե՛լ եւս Աբեններ ասել ցԱսայէլ. ՚Ի բա՛ց կաց յինէն, զի մի՛ հարից զքեզ ընդ գետին. եւ զիա՞րդ ամբարձից զերեսս իմ առ Յովաբ. եւ ո՞ւր լինիցի այն. դարձի՛ր առ Յովաբ եղբայր քո։
22 Աբենները մի անգամ եւս ասաց Ասայէլին. «Հեռո՛ւ մնա ինձանից, որ քեզ գետին չխփեմ, թէ չէ ի՞նչ երեսով պիտի ներկայանամ Յովաբին, եւ ինչի՞ նման կը լինի դա:
22 Աբեններ նորէն մէյ մըն ալ Ասայէլին ըսաւ. «Ետեւէս դարձի՛ր. քեզ ինչո՞ւ համար գետինը զարնեմ. այն ատեն ի՞նչպէս երեսս վերցնեմ քու եղբօրդ Յովաբին նայիմ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:222:22 И повторил Авенир еще, говоря Асаилу: отстань от меня, чтоб я не поверг тебя на землю; тогда с каким лицем явлюсь я к Иоаву, брату твоему?
2:22 καὶ και and; even προσέθετο προστιθημι add; continue ἔτι ετι yet; still Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ tell; declare τῷ ο the Ασαηλ ασαηλ distance; keep distance ἀπ᾿ απο from; away ἐμοῦ εμου my ἵνα ινα so; that μὴ μη not πατάξω πατασσω pat; impact σε σε.1 you εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even πῶς πως.1 how ἀρῶ αιρω lift; remove τὸ ο the πρόσωπόν προσωπον face; ahead of μου μου of me; mine πρὸς προς to; toward Ιωαβ ιωαβ and; even ποῦ που.1 where? ἐστιν ειμι be ταῦτα ουτος this; he ἐπίστρεφε επιστρεφω turn around; return πρὸς προς to; toward Ιωαβ ιωαβ the ἀδελφόν αδελφος brother σου σου of you; your
2:22 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֧סֶף yyˈōsef יסף add עֹ֣וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration אַבְנֵ֗ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner לֵ lē לְ to אמֹר֙ ʔmˌōr אמר say אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to עֲשָׂהאֵ֔ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel ס֥וּר sˌûr סור turn aside לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to מֵ mē מִן from אַֽחֲרָ֑י ʔˈaḥᵃrˈāy אַחַר after לָ֤מָּה lˈāmmā לָמָה why אַכֶּ֨כָּה֙ ʔakkˈekkā נכה strike אַ֔רְצָה ʔˈarṣā אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵיךְ֙ ʔêḵ אֵיךְ how אֶשָּׂ֣א ʔeśśˈā נשׂא lift פָנַ֔י fānˈay פָּנֶה face אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יֹואָ֖ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab אָחִֽיךָ׃ ʔāḥˈîḵā אָח brother
2:22. rursumque locutus est Abner ad Asahel recede noli me sequi ne conpellar confodere te in terra et levare non potero faciem meam ad Ioab fratrem tuum
22. And Abner said again to Asahel, Turn thee aside from following me: wherefore should I smite thee to the ground? how then should I hold up my face to Joab thy brother?
2:22. And again, Abner said to Asahel: “Withdraw, and do not choose to follow me. Otherwise, I will be compelled to stab you to the ground, and I will not be able to lift up my face before your brother, Joab.”
2:22. And Abner said again to Asahel, Turn thee aside from following me: wherefore should I smite thee to the ground? how then should I hold up my face to Joab thy brother?
And Abner said again to Asahel, Turn thee aside from following me: wherefore should I smite thee to the ground? how then should I hold up my face to Joab thy brother:

2:22 И повторил Авенир еще, говоря Асаилу: отстань от меня, чтоб я не поверг тебя на землю; тогда с каким лицем явлюсь я к Иоаву, брату твоему?
2:22
καὶ και and; even
προσέθετο προστιθημι add; continue
ἔτι ετι yet; still
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ tell; declare
τῷ ο the
Ασαηλ ασαηλ distance; keep distance
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
ἐμοῦ εμου my
ἵνα ινα so; that
μὴ μη not
πατάξω πατασσω pat; impact
σε σε.1 you
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
πῶς πως.1 how
ἀρῶ αιρω lift; remove
τὸ ο the
πρόσωπόν προσωπον face; ahead of
μου μου of me; mine
πρὸς προς to; toward
Ιωαβ ιωαβ and; even
ποῦ που.1 where?
ἐστιν ειμι be
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ἐπίστρεφε επιστρεφω turn around; return
πρὸς προς to; toward
Ιωαβ ιωαβ the
ἀδελφόν αδελφος brother
σου σου of you; your
2:22
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֧סֶף yyˈōsef יסף add
עֹ֣וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
אַבְנֵ֗ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
לֵ לְ to
אמֹר֙ ʔmˌōr אמר say
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
עֲשָׂהאֵ֔ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
ס֥וּר sˌûr סור turn aside
לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
מֵ מִן from
אַֽחֲרָ֑י ʔˈaḥᵃrˈāy אַחַר after
לָ֤מָּה lˈāmmā לָמָה why
אַכֶּ֨כָּה֙ ʔakkˈekkā נכה strike
אַ֔רְצָה ʔˈarṣā אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵיךְ֙ ʔêḵ אֵיךְ how
אֶשָּׂ֣א ʔeśśˈā נשׂא lift
פָנַ֔י fānˈay פָּנֶה face
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יֹואָ֖ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab
אָחִֽיךָ׃ ʔāḥˈîḵā אָח brother
2:22. rursumque locutus est Abner ad Asahel recede noli me sequi ne conpellar confodere te in terra et levare non potero faciem meam ad Ioab fratrem tuum
2:22. And again, Abner said to Asahel: “Withdraw, and do not choose to follow me. Otherwise, I will be compelled to stab you to the ground, and I will not be able to lift up my face before your brother, Joab.”
2:22. And Abner said again to Asahel, Turn thee aside from following me: wherefore should I smite thee to the ground? how then should I hold up my face to Joab thy brother?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:22: wherefore: Kg2 14:10-12; Pro 29:1; Ecc 6:10
how then: Sa2 3:27
Geneva 1599
And Abner said again to Asahel, Turn thee aside from following me: (l) wherefore should I smite thee to the ground? how then should I hold up my face to Joab thy brother?
(l) Why do you provoke me to kill you?
John Gill
And Abner said again to Asahel,.... Being loath to dispatch him:
turn thee aside from following me, wherefore should I smite thee to the ground? which was giving him fair warning, and letting him know what he must expect, if he did not desist from his pursuit:
how then should I hold up my face to Joab thy brother? the general of David's army, a stout valiant commander, a man of spirit and resentment, whom Abner knew full well, and that should he slay his brother, he would never be friendly with him, or look pleasantly on him; he would never forgive him, but seek ways and means to avenge his blood on him and by this it seems as if Abner was conscious to himself that he was in a wrong cause, that the kingdom was of right David's, and would be his, and he must be obliged to make peace with him; when he should stand in need of Joab as his friend, which he could not expect, if he slew his brother, nor to live in favour and friendship with him hereafter.
2:232:23: Եւ ո՛չ կամեցաւ թափել։ Եւ եհար զնա Աբեններ նիզակաւն ընդ սնակո՛ւշտն, եւ ել նիզակն ընդ զի՛ստ նորա, եւ անկաւ անդէն եւ մեռաւ ՚ի ներքոյ նորա։ Եւ լինէ՛ր որ միանգամ գայր ցտեղին ցա՛յն ուր անկա՛ւ Ասայէլ եւ մեռաւ՝ զտեղի՛ առնոյր։
23 Գնա՛ քո եղբայր Յովաբի մօտ»: Ասայէլը չուզեց յետ կանգնել, Աբենները նիզակով հարուածեց նրա կողին, եւ նիզակը զիստից դուրս եկաւ: Նա ընկաւ այնտեղ ու մեռաւ տեղում: Ով Ասայէլի ընկած ու մեռած տեղն էր գալիս, կանգ էր առնում:
23 Բայց անիկա անոր ետեւէն դառնալ չուզեց։ Աբեններ նիզակին ետեւի ծայրովը սնակուշտէն* զարկաւ ու նիզակը անոր կռնակէն ելաւ եւ հոն ինկաւ ու նոյն տեղը մեռաւ։ Ով որ Ասայէլին ինկած ու մեռած տեղը կու գար՝ կանգ կ’առնէր։
Եւ ոչ կամեցաւ թափել. եւ եհար զնա Աբեններ [14]նիզակաւն ընդ սնակուշտն, եւ ել նիզակն ընդ [15]զիստ նորա, եւ անկաւ անդէն եւ մեռաւ ի ներքոյ նորա. եւ լինէր որ միանգամ գայր ցտեղին ցայն ուր անկաւ Ասայէլ եւ մեռաւ` զտեղի առնոյր:

2:23: Եւ ո՛չ կամեցաւ թափել։ Եւ եհար զնա Աբեններ նիզակաւն ընդ սնակո՛ւշտն, եւ ել նիզակն ընդ զի՛ստ նորա, եւ անկաւ անդէն եւ մեռաւ ՚ի ներքոյ նորա։ Եւ լինէ՛ր որ միանգամ գայր ցտեղին ցա՛յն ուր անկա՛ւ Ասայէլ եւ մեռաւ՝ զտեղի՛ առնոյր։
23 Գնա՛ քո եղբայր Յովաբի մօտ»: Ասայէլը չուզեց յետ կանգնել, Աբենները նիզակով հարուածեց նրա կողին, եւ նիզակը զիստից դուրս եկաւ: Նա ընկաւ այնտեղ ու մեռաւ տեղում: Ով Ասայէլի ընկած ու մեռած տեղն էր գալիս, կանգ էր առնում:
23 Բայց անիկա անոր ետեւէն դառնալ չուզեց։ Աբեններ նիզակին ետեւի ծայրովը սնակուշտէն* զարկաւ ու նիզակը անոր կռնակէն ելաւ եւ հոն ինկաւ ու նոյն տեղը մեռաւ։ Ով որ Ասայէլին ինկած ու մեռած տեղը կու գար՝ կանգ կ’առնէր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:232:23 [и где это бывает? возвратись к брату твоему Иоаву.] Но тот не захотел отстать. Тогда Авенир, поворотив копье, поразил его в живот; копье прошло насквозь его, и он упал там же и умер на месте. Все проходившие чрез то место, где пал и умер Асаил, останавливались.
2:23 καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἐβούλετο βουλομαι want τοῦ ο the ἀποστῆναι αφιστημι distance; keep distance καὶ και and; even τύπτει τυπτω strike; beat αὐτὸν αυτος he; him Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ in τῷ ο the ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after τοῦ ο the δόρατος δορυ in; on τὴν ο the ψόαν ψοαν and; even διεξῆλθεν διεξερχομαι the δόρυ δορυ from; out of τῶν ο the ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πίπτει πιπτω fall ἐκεῖ εκει there καὶ και and; even ἀποθνῄσκει αποθνησκω die ὑποκάτω υποκατω underneath αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the ἐρχόμενος ερχομαι come; go ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the τόπου τοπος place; locality οὗ ος who; what ἔπεσεν πιπτω fall ἐκεῖ εκει there Ασαηλ ασαηλ and; even ἀπέθανεν αποθνησκω die καὶ και and; even ὑφίστατο υφιστημι lay down
2:23 וַ wa וְ and יְמָאֵ֣ן yᵊmāʔˈēn מאן refuse לָ lā לְ to ס֗וּר sˈûr סור turn aside וַ wa וְ and יַּכֵּ֣הוּ yyakkˈēhû נכה strike אַבְנֵר֩ ʔavnˌēr אַבְנֵר Abner בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אַחֲרֵ֨י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after הַ ha הַ the חֲנִ֜ית ḥᵃnˈîṯ חֲנִית spear אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the חֹ֗מֶשׁ ḥˈōmeš חֹמֶשׁ belly וַ wa וְ and תֵּצֵ֤א ttēṣˈē יצא go out הַֽ hˈa הַ the חֲנִית֙ ḥᵃnîṯ חֲנִית spear מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרָ֔יו ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after וַ wa וְ and יִּפָּל־ yyippol- נפל fall שָׁ֖ם šˌām שָׁם there וַ wa וְ and יָּ֣מָת yyˈāmoṯ מות die תַּחְתָּ֑יותחתו *taḥtˈāʸw תַּחַת under part וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֡י yᵊhˈî היה be כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the בָּ֣א bbˈā בוא come אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the מָּקֹום֩ mmāqôm מָקֹום place אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָ֨פַל nˌāfal נפל fall שָׁ֧ם šˈām שָׁם there עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel וַ wa וְ and יָּמֹ֖ת yyāmˌōṯ מות die וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּעֲמֹֽדוּ׃ yyaʕᵃmˈōḏû עמד stand
2:23. qui audire contempsit et noluit declinare percussit ergo eum Abner aversa hasta in inguine et transfodit et mortuus est in eodem loco omnesque qui transiebant per locum in quo ceciderat Asahel et mortuus erat subsistebant
23. Howbeit he refused to turn aside: wherefore Abner with the hinder end of the spear smote him in the belly, that the spear came out behind him; and he fell down there, and died in the same place: and it came to pass, that as many as came to the place where Asahel fell down and died stood still.
2:23. But he disdained to heed him, and he was not willing to turn aside. Therefore, turning, Abner struck him with his spear in the groin, and he pierced him through, and he died in the same place. And all those who would pass by the place, in which Asahel had fallen and died, would stand still.
2:23. Howbeit he refused to turn aside: wherefore Abner with the hinder end of the spear smote him under the fifth [rib], that the spear came out behind him; and he fell down there, and died in the same place: and it came to pass, [that] as many as came to the place where Asahel fell down and died stood still.
Howbeit he refused to turn aside: wherefore Abner with the hinder end of the spear smote him under the fifth [rib], that the spear came out behind him; and he fell down there, and died in the same place: and it came to pass, [that] as many as came to the place where Asahel fell down and died stood still:

2:23 [и где это бывает? возвратись к брату твоему Иоаву.] Но тот не захотел отстать. Тогда Авенир, поворотив копье, поразил его в живот; копье прошло насквозь его, и он упал там же и умер на месте. Все проходившие чрез то место, где пал и умер Асаил, останавливались.
2:23
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἐβούλετο βουλομαι want
τοῦ ο the
ἀποστῆναι αφιστημι distance; keep distance
καὶ και and; even
τύπτει τυπτω strike; beat
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ in
τῷ ο the
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
τοῦ ο the
δόρατος δορυ in; on
τὴν ο the
ψόαν ψοαν and; even
διεξῆλθεν διεξερχομαι the
δόρυ δορυ from; out of
τῶν ο the
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πίπτει πιπτω fall
ἐκεῖ εκει there
καὶ και and; even
ἀποθνῄσκει αποθνησκω die
ὑποκάτω υποκατω underneath
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
ἐρχόμενος ερχομαι come; go
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
τόπου τοπος place; locality
οὗ ος who; what
ἔπεσεν πιπτω fall
ἐκεῖ εκει there
Ασαηλ ασαηλ and; even
ἀπέθανεν αποθνησκω die
καὶ και and; even
ὑφίστατο υφιστημι lay down
2:23
וַ wa וְ and
יְמָאֵ֣ן yᵊmāʔˈēn מאן refuse
לָ לְ to
ס֗וּר sˈûr סור turn aside
וַ wa וְ and
יַּכֵּ֣הוּ yyakkˈēhû נכה strike
אַבְנֵר֩ ʔavnˌēr אַבְנֵר Abner
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אַחֲרֵ֨י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
הַ ha הַ the
חֲנִ֜ית ḥᵃnˈîṯ חֲנִית spear
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
חֹ֗מֶשׁ ḥˈōmeš חֹמֶשׁ belly
וַ wa וְ and
תֵּצֵ֤א ttēṣˈē יצא go out
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
חֲנִית֙ ḥᵃnîṯ חֲנִית spear
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרָ֔יו ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after
וַ wa וְ and
יִּפָּל־ yyippol- נפל fall
שָׁ֖ם šˌām שָׁם there
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֣מָת yyˈāmoṯ מות die
תַּחְתָּ֑יותחתו
*taḥtˈāʸw תַּחַת under part
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֡י yᵊhˈî היה be
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
בָּ֣א bbˈā בוא come
אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
מָּקֹום֩ mmāqôm מָקֹום place
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָ֨פַל nˌāfal נפל fall
שָׁ֧ם šˈām שָׁם there
עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
וַ wa וְ and
יָּמֹ֖ת yyāmˌōṯ מות die
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּעֲמֹֽדוּ׃ yyaʕᵃmˈōḏû עמד stand
2:23. qui audire contempsit et noluit declinare percussit ergo eum Abner aversa hasta in inguine et transfodit et mortuus est in eodem loco omnesque qui transiebant per locum in quo ceciderat Asahel et mortuus erat subsistebant
2:23. But he disdained to heed him, and he was not willing to turn aside. Therefore, turning, Abner struck him with his spear in the groin, and he pierced him through, and he died in the same place. And all those who would pass by the place, in which Asahel had fallen and died, would stand still.
2:23. Howbeit he refused to turn aside: wherefore Abner with the hinder end of the spear smote him under the fifth [rib], that the spear came out behind him; and he fell down there, and died in the same place: and it came to pass, [that] as many as came to the place where Asahel fell down and died stood still.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
23: Смерть Асаила делала Авенира личным врагом Иоава, обязанного, по понятиям того времени, отомстить убийце кровавой расправой с ним или его ближайшими родственниками (см. III:27, 30).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:23: With the hinder end ... - i. e. the wooden end, which was more or less pointed to enable the owner to stick it in the ground Sa1 26:7.
The fifth rib - The word so rendered here (and in marginal references) means the abdomen, and is not etymologically connected with the Hebrew for five, as the translation "fifth rib" supposes, but with a verb meaning to be fat, or strong.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:23: the fifth rib: Sa2 3:27, Sa2 4:6, Sa2 5:6, Sa2 20:10
stood still: Sa2 20:12, Sa2 20:13
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

But when he still refused to depart in spite of this warning, Abner wounded him in the abdomen with the hinder part, i.e., the lower end of the spear, so that the spear came out behind, and Asahel fell dead upon the spot. The lower end of the spear appears to have been pointed, that it might be stuck into the ground (vid., 1Kings 26:7); and this will explain the fact that the spear passed through the body. The fate of the young hero excited such sympathy, that all who came to the place where he had fallen stood still to mourn his loss (cf. 2Kings 20:12).
Geneva 1599
Howbeit he refused to turn aside: wherefore Abner with the hinder end of the spear smote him under the (m) fifth [rib], that the spear came out behind him; and he fell down there, and died in the same place: and it came to pass, [that] as many as came to the place where Asahel fell down and died stood still.
(m) Some read, in those parts where the lively parts lie, the heart, lungs, liver, and gall bladder.
John Gill
Howbeit, he refused to turn aside,.... Determined on making him his captive if possible.
Wherefore Abner, with the hinder end of the spear; he had in his hand, which seems to have had a pike at both ends; so that with the hinder end of it, next to Asahel, he thrust it at him, without turning to him: and
smote him under the fifth rib; the place where hang the gall and liver, as the Jewish commentators from their Talmud (i) observe. There are twelve ribs, seven of which are called true ones, and five spurious; if this was the fifth of the seven, the spear must pierce the breast (k), and strike the seat of life, the heart and lungs; if the fifth from the eighth and first of the spurious ones, then wounding the hypochondria, it must pass to the vital bowels of the abdomen, which seems to be the case here (l): according to some (m) this is meant of the inferior ribs, which we call the short ribs, and any of these five are called the fifth rib; and Abner must strike him in the right side, because he was behind him, and which stroke must be deadly, because he struck him through the liver:
that the spear came out behind him: the thrust was so violent that the spear went through him, and came out at his back:
and he fell down and died in the same place; he fell at once, and died on the spot immediately:
and it came to pass, that as many as came to the place where Asahel fell down and died stood still; that is, such of David's men who were in the pursuit after the Israelites, when they came to the spot, and saw Asahel dead, they had no power to proceed in the pursuit, being so troubled and grieved at the death of him.
(i) T. Bab. Sanhedrin, fol. 49. 1. (k) "Transadigit costas, et crates pectoris ensom". Virgil. Aeneod. l. 12. ver. 506. (l) Vid. Scheuchzer. Physic. Sacr. vol. 3. p. 501. (m) Weemse's Portrait of Man, p. 24.
John Wesley
And died - So Asahel's swiftness, which he presumed on so much, only forwarded his fate! With it he ran upon his death, instead of running from it.
2:242:24: Եւ պնդեցա՛ն Յովաբ եւ Աբեսսա զկնի Աբեններեայ. եւ արեւն եմուտ. եւ նոքա մտին մինչեւ ցբլուրն Ամմանայ որ է յանդիման Գայեայ, ընդ ճանապարհ անապատին Գաբաւոնի[3174]։ [3174] Այլք. Մինչեւ ցբլուրն Ամ՛՛։
24 Յովաբն ու Աբեսսան Աբենների յետեւից ընկած հետապնդում էին նրան, եւ երբ Գայի դիմաց, Գաբաւոնի անապատի ճանապարհի վրայ գտնուող Ամմանի բլուրը հասան, արեւը մայր մտաւ:
24 Յովաբ ու Աբեսսա Աբեններին ետեւէն ինկած կը հալածէին զանիկա։ Երբ անոնք Գիայի դէմը՝ Գաբաւոնի անապատին ճամբան եղող Ամմայի բլուրը եկան, արեւը մարը մտաւ։
Եւ պնդեցան Յովաբ եւ Աբեսսա զկնի Աբեններեայ. եւ արեւն եմուտ, եւ նոքա մտին մինչեւ ցբլուրն Ամմանայ որ է յանդիման Գայեայ, ընդ ճանապարհ անապատին Գաբաւոնի:

2:24: Եւ պնդեցա՛ն Յովաբ եւ Աբեսսա զկնի Աբեններեայ. եւ արեւն եմուտ. եւ նոքա մտին մինչեւ ցբլուրն Ամմանայ որ է յանդիման Գայեայ, ընդ ճանապարհ անապատին Գաբաւոնի[3174]։
[3174] Այլք. Մինչեւ ցբլուրն Ամ՛՛։
24 Յովաբն ու Աբեսսան Աբենների յետեւից ընկած հետապնդում էին նրան, եւ երբ Գայի դիմաց, Գաբաւոնի անապատի ճանապարհի վրայ գտնուող Ամմանի բլուրը հասան, արեւը մայր մտաւ:
24 Յովաբ ու Աբեսսա Աբեններին ետեւէն ինկած կը հալածէին զանիկա։ Երբ անոնք Գիայի դէմը՝ Գաբաւոնի անապատին ճամբան եղող Ամմայի բլուրը եկան, արեւը մարը մտաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:242:24 И преследовали Иоав и Авесса Авенира. Солнце уже зашло, когда они пришли к холму Амма, что против Гиаха, на дороге к пустыне Гаваонской.
2:24 καὶ και and; even κατεδίωξεν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard Ιωαβ ιωαβ and; even Αβεσσα αβεσσα in back; after Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even ὁ ο the ἥλιος ηλιος sun ἔδυνεν δυνω set; sink καὶ και and; even αὐτοὶ αυτος he; him εἰσῆλθον εισερχομαι enter; go in ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the βουνοῦ βουνος mound Αμμαν αμμαν who; what ἐστιν ειμι be ἐπὶ επι in; on προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of γαι γαι.1 way; journey ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness Γαβαων γαβαων Gabaōn; Gavaon
2:24 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּרְדְּפ֛וּ yyirdᵊfˈû רדף pursue יֹואָ֥ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab וַ wa וְ and אֲבִישַׁ֖י ʔᵃvîšˌay אֲבִישַׁי Abishai אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after אַבְנֵ֑ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the שֶּׁ֣מֶשׁ ššˈemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun בָּ֔אָה bˈāʔā בוא come וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵ֗מָּה hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they בָּ֚אוּ ˈbāʔû בוא come עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto גִּבְעַ֣ת givʕˈaṯ גִּבְעָה hill אַמָּ֔ה ʔammˈā אַמָּה Ammah אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵי־ pᵊnê- פָּנֶה face גִ֔יחַ ḡˈîₐḥ גִּיחַ Giah דֶּ֖רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way מִדְבַּ֥ר miḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert גִּבְעֹֽון׃ givʕˈôn גִּבְעֹון Gibeon
2:24. persequentibus autem Ioab et Abisai fugientem Abner sol occubuit et venerunt usque ad collem Aquaeductus qui est ex adverso vallis et itineris deserti in Gabaon
24. But Joab and Abishai pursued after Abner: and the sun went down when they were come to the hill of Ammah, that lieth before Giah by the way of the wilderness of Gibeon.
2:24. Now while Joab and Abishai were pursuing Abner as he fled, the sun set. And they went as far as the Hill of the Aqueduct, which is opposite the valley on the way of the desert in Gibeon.
2:24. Joab also and Abishai pursued after Abner: and the sun went down when they were come to the hill of Ammah, that [lieth] before Giah by the way of the wilderness of Gibeon.
Joab also and Abishai pursued after Abner: and the sun went down when they were come to the hill of Ammah, that [lieth] before Giah by the way of the wilderness of Gibeon:

2:24 И преследовали Иоав и Авесса Авенира. Солнце уже зашло, когда они пришли к холму Амма, что против Гиаха, на дороге к пустыне Гаваонской.
2:24
καὶ και and; even
κατεδίωξεν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
Ιωαβ ιωαβ and; even
Αβεσσα αβεσσα in back; after
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even
ο the
ἥλιος ηλιος sun
ἔδυνεν δυνω set; sink
καὶ και and; even
αὐτοὶ αυτος he; him
εἰσῆλθον εισερχομαι enter; go in
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
βουνοῦ βουνος mound
Αμμαν αμμαν who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἐπὶ επι in; on
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
γαι γαι.1 way; journey
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Γαβαων γαβαων Gabaōn; Gavaon
2:24
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּרְדְּפ֛וּ yyirdᵊfˈû רדף pursue
יֹואָ֥ב yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab
וַ wa וְ and
אֲבִישַׁ֖י ʔᵃvîšˌay אֲבִישַׁי Abishai
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
אַבְנֵ֑ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
שֶּׁ֣מֶשׁ ššˈemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
בָּ֔אָה bˈāʔā בוא come
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵ֗מָּה hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they
בָּ֚אוּ ˈbāʔû בוא come
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
גִּבְעַ֣ת givʕˈaṯ גִּבְעָה hill
אַמָּ֔ה ʔammˈā אַמָּה Ammah
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵי־ pᵊnê- פָּנֶה face
גִ֔יחַ ḡˈîₐḥ גִּיחַ Giah
דֶּ֖רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
מִדְבַּ֥ר miḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert
גִּבְעֹֽון׃ givʕˈôn גִּבְעֹון Gibeon
2:24. persequentibus autem Ioab et Abisai fugientem Abner sol occubuit et venerunt usque ad collem Aquaeductus qui est ex adverso vallis et itineris deserti in Gabaon
2:24. Now while Joab and Abishai were pursuing Abner as he fled, the sun set. And they went as far as the Hill of the Aqueduct, which is opposite the valley on the way of the desert in Gibeon.
2:24. Joab also and Abishai pursued after Abner: and the sun went down when they were come to the hill of Ammah, that [lieth] before Giah by the way of the wilderness of Gibeon.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:24: Ammah ... Giah - Local, and otherwise unknown names.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

But Joab and Abishai pursued Abner till the sun set, and until they had arrived at the hill Ammah, in front of Giah, on the way to the desert of Gibeon. Nothing further is known of the places mentioned here.
John Gill
Joab also and Abishai pursued after Abner,.... Or rather but Joab, &c. (n). They stood not still as the rest, but, filled with indignation and resentment, pursued after Abner, to be avenged on him:
and the sun went down when they came to the hill of Ammah; a hill by the side of which was a pool of water, as Kimchi thinks, and from thence so called:
that lieth before Giah; a place near Gibeon, but nowhere after mentioned:
by the way of the wilderness of Gibeon; very likely not far from the city from which it had its name.
(n) "Autem", V. L. Tiguriue version; "sed", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator; so Kimchi.
2:252:25: Եւ ժողովեցան որդիքն Բենիամինի զկնի Աբեններեայ. եւ կացի՛ն ՚ի վերայ բլրոյ միոյ։
25 Բենիամինի որդիները հաւաքուելով Աբենների շուրջը՝ մի բլրի վրայ կանգ առան:
25 Բենիամինին որդիները Աբեններին ետեւէն հաւաքուեցան եւ գունդ մը եղան ու բլուրի մը գլուխը կայնեցան։
Եւ ժողովեցան որդիքն Բենիամինի զկնի Աբեններեայ, եւ կացին ի վերայ բլրոյ միոյ:

2:25: Եւ ժողովեցան որդիքն Բենիամինի զկնի Աբեններեայ. եւ կացի՛ն ՚ի վերայ բլրոյ միոյ։
25 Բենիամինի որդիները հաւաքուելով Աբենների շուրջը՝ մի բլրի վրայ կանգ առան:
25 Բենիամինին որդիները Աբեններին ետեւէն հաւաքուեցան եւ գունդ մը եղան ու բլուրի մը գլուխը կայնեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:252:25 И собрались Вениамитяне вокруг Авенира и составили одно ополчение, и стали на вершине одного холма.
2:25 καὶ και and; even συναθροίζονται συναθροιζω congregate; collect υἱοὶ υιος son Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin οἱ ο the ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even ἐγενήθησαν γινομαι happen; become εἰς εις into; for συνάντησιν συναντησις meeting μίαν εις.1 one; unit καὶ και and; even ἔστησαν ιστημι stand; establish ἐπὶ επι in; on κεφαλὴν κεφαλη head; top βουνοῦ βουνος mound ἑνός εις.1 one; unit
2:25 וַ wa וְ and יִּֽתְקַבְּצ֤וּ yyˈiṯqabbᵊṣˈû קבץ collect בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son בִנְיָמִן֙ vinyāmˌin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after אַבְנֵ֔ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner וַ wa וְ and יִּהְי֖וּ yyihyˌû היה be לַ la לְ to אֲגֻדָּ֣ה ʔᵃḡuddˈā אֲגֻדָּה bundle אֶחָ֑ת ʔeḥˈāṯ אֶחָד one וַ wa וְ and יַּ֣עַמְד֔וּ yyˈaʕamᵊḏˈû עמד stand עַ֥ל ʕˌal עַל upon רֹאשׁ־ rōš- רֹאשׁ head גִּבְעָ֖ה givʕˌā גִּבְעָה hill אֶחָֽת׃ ʔeḥˈāṯ אֶחָד one
2:25. congregatique sunt filii Beniamin ad Abner et conglobati in unum cuneum steterunt in summitate tumuli unius
25. And the children of Benjamin gathered themselves together after Abner, and became one band, and stood on the top of an hill.
2:25. And the sons of Benjamin gathered themselves to Abner. And being joined in one battle line, they stood at the summit of a hill.
2:25. And the children of Benjamin gathered themselves together after Abner, and became one troop, and stood on the top of an hill.
And the children of Benjamin gathered themselves together after Abner, and became one troop, and stood on the top of an hill:

2:25 И собрались Вениамитяне вокруг Авенира и составили одно ополчение, и стали на вершине одного холма.
2:25
καὶ και and; even
συναθροίζονται συναθροιζω congregate; collect
υἱοὶ υιος son
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
οἱ ο the
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even
ἐγενήθησαν γινομαι happen; become
εἰς εις into; for
συνάντησιν συναντησις meeting
μίαν εις.1 one; unit
καὶ και and; even
ἔστησαν ιστημι stand; establish
ἐπὶ επι in; on
κεφαλὴν κεφαλη head; top
βουνοῦ βουνος mound
ἑνός εις.1 one; unit
2:25
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽתְקַבְּצ֤וּ yyˈiṯqabbᵊṣˈû קבץ collect
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
בִנְיָמִן֙ vinyāmˌin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
אַבְנֵ֔ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
וַ wa וְ and
יִּהְי֖וּ yyihyˌû היה be
לַ la לְ to
אֲגֻדָּ֣ה ʔᵃḡuddˈā אֲגֻדָּה bundle
אֶחָ֑ת ʔeḥˈāṯ אֶחָד one
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֣עַמְד֔וּ yyˈaʕamᵊḏˈû עמד stand
עַ֥ל ʕˌal עַל upon
רֹאשׁ־ rōš- רֹאשׁ head
גִּבְעָ֖ה givʕˌā גִּבְעָה hill
אֶחָֽת׃ ʔeḥˈāṯ אֶחָד one
2:25. congregatique sunt filii Beniamin ad Abner et conglobati in unum cuneum steterunt in summitate tumuli unius
2:25. And the sons of Benjamin gathered themselves to Abner. And being joined in one battle line, they stood at the summit of a hill.
2:25. And the children of Benjamin gathered themselves together after Abner, and became one troop, and stood on the top of an hill.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706

III. How fatal Asahel's rashness was to him. He refused to turn aside, thinking that Abner spoke so courteously because he feared him; but what came of it? Abner, as soon as he came up to him, gave him his death's wound with a back stroke (v. 23): He smote him with the hinder end of his spear, from which he feared no danger. This was a pass which Asahel was not acquainted with, nor had learned to stand upon his guard against; but Abner, perhaps, had formerly used it, and done execution with it; and here it did effectual execution. Asahel died immediately of the wound. See here, 1. How death often comes upon us by ways that we least suspect. Who would fear the hand of a flying enemy or the butt-end of a spear? yet from these Asahel receives his death's wound. 2. How we are often betrayed by the accomplishments we are proud of. Asahel's swiftness, which he presumed so much upon, did him no kindness, but forwarded his fate, and with it he ran upon his death, instead of running from it. Asahel's fall was not only Abner's security from him, but put a full stop to the conqueror's pursuit and gave Abner time to rally again; for all that came to the place stood still, only Joab and Abishai, instead of being disheartened, were exasperated by it, pursued Abner with so much the more fury (v. 24), and overtook him at last about sunset, when the approaching night would oblige them to retire.

25 And the children of Benjamin gathered themselves together after Abner, and became one troop, and stood on the top of an hill. 26 Then Abner called to Joab, and said, Shall the sword devour for ever? knowest thou not that it will be bitterness in the latter end? how long shall it be then, ere thou bid the people return from following their brethren? 27 And Joab said, As God liveth, unless thou hadst spoken, surely then in the morning the people had gone up every one from following his brother. 28 So Joab blew a trumpet, and all the people stood still, and pursued after Israel no more, neither fought they any more. 29 And Abner and his men walked all that night through the plain, and passed over Jordan, and went through all Bithron, and they came to Mahanaim. 30 And Joab returned from following Abner: and when he had gathered all the people together, there lacked of David's servants nineteen men and Asahel. 31 But the servants of David had smitten of Benjamin, and of Abner's men, so that three hundred and threescore men died. 32 And they took up Asahel, and buried him in the sepulchre of his father, which was in Bethlehem. And Joab and his men went all night, and they came to Hebron at break of day.
Here, I. Abner, being conquered, meanly begs for a cessation of arms. He rallied the remains of his forces on the top of a hill (v. 25), as if he would have made head again, but becomes a humble supplicant to Joab for a little breathing-time, v. 26. He that was most forward to fight was the first that had enough of it. He that made a jest of bloodshed (Let the young men arise and play before us, v. 14) is now shocked at it, when he finds himself on the losing side, and the sword he made so light of drawing threatening to touch himself. Observe how his note is changed. Then it was but playing with the sword; now, Shall the sword devour for ever? It had devoured but one day, yet to him it seemed forever, because it went against him; and very willing he is now that the sun should not go down upon the wrath. Now he can appeal to Joab himself concerning the miserable consequences of a civil war: Knowest thou not that it will be bitterness in the latter end? It will be reflected upon with regret when the account comes to be made up; for, whoever gets in a civil war, the community is sure to lose. Perhaps he refers to the bitterness that there was in the tribes of Israel, in the end of their war with Benjamin, when they wept sorely for the desolations which they themselves had made, Judg. xxi. 2. Now he begs of Joab to sound a retreat, and pleads that they were brethren, who ought not thus to bite and devour one another. He that in the morning would have Joab bid the people fall upon their brethren now would have him bid them lay down their arms. See here, 1. How easy it is for men to use reason when it makes for them who would not use it if it made against them. If Abner had been the conqueror, we should not have had him complaining of the voraciousness of the sword and the miseries of a civil war, nor pleading that both sides were brethren; but, finding himself beaten, all these reasonings are mustered up and improved for the securing of his retreat and the saving of his scattered troops from being cut off. 2. How the issue of things alters men's minds. The same thing which looked pleasant in the morning at night looked dismal. Those that are forward to enter into contention will perhaps repent it before they have done with it, and therefore had better leave it off before it be meddled with, as Solomon advises. It is true of every sin (O that men would consider it in time!) that it will be bitterness in the latter end. At the last it bites like a serpent those on whom it fawned.
II. Joab, though a conqueror, generously grants it, and sounds a retreat, knowing very well his master's mind and how averse he was to the shedding of blood. He does indeed justly upbraid Abner with his forwardness to engage, and lays the blame upon him that there had been so much bloodshed as there was (v. 27): "Unless thou hadst spoken," that is, "hadst given orders to fight, hadst bidden the young men arise and play before us, none of us would have struck a stroke, nor drawn a sword against our brethren. Thou complainest that the sword devours, but who first unsheathed it? Who began? Now thou wouldst have the people parted, but remember who set them on to fight. We should have retired in the morning if thou hadst not given the challenge." Those that are forward to make mischief are commonly the first to complain of it. This might have served to excuse Joab if he had pushed on his victory, and made a full end of Abner's forces; but like one that pitied the mistake of his adversaries, and scorned to make an army of Israelites pay dearly for the folly of their commander, he very honourably, by sound of trumpet, put a stop to the pursuit (v. 28) and suffered Abner to make an orderly retreat. It is good husbandry to be sparing of blood. As the soldiers were here very obsequious to the general's orders, so he, no doubt, observed the instructions of his prince, who sought the welfare of all Israel and therefore not the hurt of any.
III. The armies being separated, both retired to the places whence they came, and both marched in the night, Abner to Mahanaim, on the other side Jordan (v. 29), and Joab to Hebron, where David was, v. 32. The slain on both sides are computed. On David's side only nineteen men were missing, besides Asahel (v. 30), who was worth more than all; on Abner's side 360, v. 31. In civil wars formerly great slaughters had been made (as Judg. xii. 6, 20, 44), in comparison with which this was nothing. It is to be hoped that they had grown wiser and more moderate. Asahel's funeral is here mentioned; the rest they buried in the field of battle, but he was carried to Bethlehem, and buried in the sepulchre of his father, v. 32. Thus are distinctions made between the dust of some and that of others; but in the resurrection no other difference will be made but that between godly and ungodly, which will remain for ever.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

The Benjaminites then gathered in a crowd behind Abner, and halted upon the top of a hill to beat back their pursuers; and Abner cried out to Joab, "Shall the sword then devour for ever (shall there be no end to the slaughter)? dost thou not know that bitterness arises at last? and how long wilt thou not say to the people, to return from pursuing their brethren?" Thus Abner warns Joab of the consequences of a desperate struggle, and calls upon him to put an end to all further bloodshed by suspending the pursuit.
John Gill
And the children of Benjamin gathered themselves together after Abner,.... Either those that were with him before, who upon the battle were dispersed, but now got together again; or others of that tribe, who, hearing of the defeat of Abner, went out of the several cities after him, to strengthen his hands, and renew the fight with Joab:
and became one troop; were united together in a body, and became a regular troop:
and stood on the top of an hill; which was some advantage to them, and from whence they could take a view of Joab's army, and observe its motions.
2:262:26: Եւ կոչեաց Աբեններ զՅովաբ եւ ասէ. Մի՛թէ իսպա՞ռ ուտիցէ սուր, կամ թէ ո՞չ գիտիցես զի դառնութիւն լինի վախճանն. մինչեւ ցե՞րբ ո՛չ ասիցես ժողովրդեանն դառնա՛լ ՚ի հետոց եղբարց իւրեանց։
26 Աբենները ձայն տուեց Յովաբին. «Մի՞թէ սուրն անդադար բնաջնջելու է, կամ մի՞թէ չգիտես, որ սրա վերջը դառնութիւն կը լինի: Ե՞րբ ես հրամայելու ժողովրդին, որ իրենց եղբայրներին հալածելուց հրաժարուեն»:
26 Աբեններ Յովաբին պոռալով՝ ըսաւ. «Միթէ սուրը անդադար պիտի ուտէ՞։ Չե՞ս գիտեր թէ ասոր վերջը դառն կ’ըլլայ։ Մինչեւ ե՞րբ ժողովուրդին պիտի չհրամայես որ իրենց եղբայրները հալածելէն ետ դառնան»։
Եւ կոչեաց Աբեններ զՅովաբ եւ ասէ. Միթէ իսպա՞ռ ուտիցէ սուր, կամ թէ ո՞չ գիտիցես զի դառնութիւն լինի վախճանն. մինչեւ ցե՞րբ ոչ ասիցես ժողովրդեանն դառնալ ի հետոց եղբարց իւրեանց:

2:26: Եւ կոչեաց Աբեններ զՅովաբ եւ ասէ. Մի՛թէ իսպա՞ռ ուտիցէ սուր, կամ թէ ո՞չ գիտիցես զի դառնութիւն լինի վախճանն. մինչեւ ցե՞րբ ո՛չ ասիցես ժողովրդեանն դառնա՛լ ՚ի հետոց եղբարց իւրեանց։
26 Աբենները ձայն տուեց Յովաբին. «Մի՞թէ սուրն անդադար բնաջնջելու է, կամ մի՞թէ չգիտես, որ սրա վերջը դառնութիւն կը լինի: Ե՞րբ ես հրամայելու ժողովրդին, որ իրենց եղբայրներին հալածելուց հրաժարուեն»:
26 Աբեններ Յովաբին պոռալով՝ ըսաւ. «Միթէ սուրը անդադար պիտի ուտէ՞։ Չե՞ս գիտեր թէ ասոր վերջը դառն կ’ըլլայ։ Մինչեւ ե՞րբ ժողովուրդին պիտի չհրամայես որ իրենց եղբայրները հալածելէն ետ դառնան»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:262:26 И воззвал Авенир к Иоаву, и сказал: вечно ли будет пожирать меч? Или ты не знаешь, что последствия будут горестные? И доколе ты не скажешь людям, чтобы они перестали преследовать братьев своих?
2:26 καὶ και and; even ἐκάλεσεν καλεω call; invite Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak μὴ μη not εἰς εις into; for νῖκος νικος conquest καταφάγεται κατεσθιω consume; eat up ἡ ο the ῥομφαία ρομφαια broadsword ἦ η or; than οὐκ ου not οἶδας οιδα aware ὅτι οτι since; that πικρὰ πικρος bitter ἔσται ειμι be εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the ἔσχατα εσχατος last; farthest part καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until πότε ποτε.1 when? οὐ ου not μὴ μη not εἴπῃς επω say; speak τῷ ο the λαῷ λαος populace; population ἀναστρέφειν αναστρεφω overturn; turn up / back ἀπὸ απο from; away ὄπισθεν οπισθεν from behind; in back of τῶν ο the ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother ἡμῶν ημων our
2:26 וַ wa וְ and יִּקְרָ֨א yyiqrˌā קרא call אַבְנֵ֜ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יֹואָ֗ב yôʔˈāv יֹואָב Joab וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ yyˈōmer אמר say הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] לָ lā לְ to נֶ֨צַח֙ nˈeṣaḥ נֵצַח glory תֹּ֣אכַל tˈōḵal אכל eat חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] לֹ֣וא lˈô לֹא not יָדַ֔עְתָּה yāḏˈaʕtā ידע know כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that מָרָ֥ה mārˌā מַר bitter תִהְיֶ֖ה ṯihyˌeh היה be בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אַחֲרֹונָ֑ה ʔaḥᵃrônˈā אַחֲרֹון at the back וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto מָתַי֙ māṯˌay מָתַי when לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not תֹאמַ֣ר ṯōmˈar אמר say לָ lā לְ to † הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people לָ lā לְ to שׁ֖וּב šˌûv שׁוב return מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after אֲחֵיהֶֽם׃ ʔᵃḥêhˈem אָח brother
2:26. et exclamavit Abner ad Ioab et ait num usque ad internicionem tuus mucro desaeviet an ignoras quod periculosa sit desperatio usquequo non dicis populo ut omittat persequi fratres suos
26. Then Abner called to Joab, and said, Shall the sword devour for ever? knowest thou not that it will be bitterness in the latter end? how long shall it be then, ere thou bid the people return from following their brethren?
2:26. And Abner cried out to Joab, and he said: “Will your sword rage unto utter destruction? Are you ignorant that it is perilous to act in desperation? How long will you not tell the people to cease from the pursuit of their brothers?”
2:26. Then Abner called to Joab, and said, Shall the sword devour for ever? knowest thou not that it will be bitterness in the latter end? how long shall it be then, ere thou bid the people return from following their brethren?
Then Abner called to Joab, and said, Shall the sword devour for ever? knowest thou not that it will be bitterness in the latter end? how long shall it be then, ere thou bid the people return from following their brethren:

2:26 И воззвал Авенир к Иоаву, и сказал: вечно ли будет пожирать меч? Или ты не знаешь, что последствия будут горестные? И доколе ты не скажешь людям, чтобы они перестали преследовать братьев своих?
2:26
καὶ και and; even
ἐκάλεσεν καλεω call; invite
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
μὴ μη not
εἰς εις into; for
νῖκος νικος conquest
καταφάγεται κατεσθιω consume; eat up
ο the
ῥομφαία ρομφαια broadsword
η or; than
οὐκ ου not
οἶδας οιδα aware
ὅτι οτι since; that
πικρὰ πικρος bitter
ἔσται ειμι be
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
ἔσχατα εσχατος last; farthest part
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
πότε ποτε.1 when?
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
εἴπῃς επω say; speak
τῷ ο the
λαῷ λαος populace; population
ἀναστρέφειν αναστρεφω overturn; turn up / back
ἀπὸ απο from; away
ὄπισθεν οπισθεν from behind; in back of
τῶν ο the
ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother
ἡμῶν ημων our
2:26
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְרָ֨א yyiqrˌā קרא call
אַבְנֵ֜ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יֹואָ֗ב yôʔˈāv יֹואָב Joab
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ yyˈōmer אמר say
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
לָ לְ to
נֶ֨צַח֙ nˈeṣaḥ נֵצַח glory
תֹּ֣אכַל tˈōḵal אכל eat
חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
לֹ֣וא lˈô לֹא not
יָדַ֔עְתָּה yāḏˈaʕtā ידע know
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
מָרָ֥ה mārˌā מַר bitter
תִהְיֶ֖ה ṯihyˌeh היה be
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אַחֲרֹונָ֑ה ʔaḥᵃrônˈā אַחֲרֹון at the back
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
מָתַי֙ māṯˌay מָתַי when
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
תֹאמַ֣ר ṯōmˈar אמר say
לָ לְ to
הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
לָ לְ to
שׁ֖וּב šˌûv שׁוב return
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
אֲחֵיהֶֽם׃ ʔᵃḥêhˈem אָח brother
2:26. et exclamavit Abner ad Ioab et ait num usque ad internicionem tuus mucro desaeviet an ignoras quod periculosa sit desperatio usquequo non dicis populo ut omittat persequi fratres suos
2:26. And Abner cried out to Joab, and he said: “Will your sword rage unto utter destruction? Are you ignorant that it is perilous to act in desperation? How long will you not tell the people to cease from the pursuit of their brothers?”
2:26. Then Abner called to Joab, and said, Shall the sword devour for ever? knowest thou not that it will be bitterness in the latter end? how long shall it be then, ere thou bid the people return from following their brethren?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:26: Shall: Sa2 2:14; Act 7:26
sword: Sa2 11:25; Isa 1:20; Jer 2:30, Jer 12:12, Jer 46:10, Jer 46:14; Hos 11:6
it will be: Sa2 2:16; Pro 17:14
how long: Job 18:2, Job 19:2; Psa 4:2; Jer 4:21
Geneva 1599
Then Abner called to Joab, and said, Shall the (n) sword devour for ever? knowest thou not that it will be bitterness in the latter end? how long shall it be then, ere thou bid the people return from following their brethren?
(n) Shall we not make an end of murdering?
John Gill
Then Abner called to Joab,.... For having now a troop of men with him, he could stop with the greater safety; and being on an hill, and perhaps Joab on one opposite to him, could call to him, so as to be heard:
and said, shall the sword devour for ever? slay men, and devour their blood. See Jer 46:10. That he was not thoughtful of, nor concerned about, when he set the young men to fighting before the battle, and called it play to wound and shed the blood of each other; but now the battle going against him, he complains of the devouring sword; and though it had been employed but a few hours, it seemed long to him, a sort of an eternity:
knowest thou not that it will be bitterness in the latter end? since it might issue in the death of himself, or of Joab, or of both, as it had in Asahel, or, however, in the death of a multitude of others; and which at last would cause bitter reflection in the prosecutors of the war:
how long shall it be then ere thou bid the people return from following their brethren? he pleads relation, that the men of Israel and the men of Judah were brethren; so they were by nation and religion, and therefore should not pursue one another to destruction; but who was the aggressor? It was Abner, that brought his forces against Judah; the men of David acted only on the defensive.
John Wesley
Bitterness - It will produce dreadful effects. Brethren - By nation and religion: whom therefore they should not pursue with so fierce a rage, as if they were pursuing the Philistines.
2:272:27: Եւ ասէ Յովաբ. Կենդանի՛ է Տէր. զի եթէ քո չէ՛ր խօսեցեալ, յայգուէ՛ իսկ ելանէր ամբոխս իւրաքանչիւր զհետ եղբօր իւրոյ[3175]։ [3175] Յօրինակին պակասէր. Զի եթէ քո չէր խօ՛՛։ Յօրինակին. Ելանէր ամբոխ իւր։
27 Յովաբն ասաց. «Կենդանի է Տէրը: Եթէ դու խօսած չլինէիր, ժողովուրդը այգաբացին վեր էր կենալու, եւ ամէն մէկը հալածելու էր իր եղբօրը»:
27 Յովաբ ըսաւ. «Կենդանի է Աստուած, եթէ դուն խօսած չըլլայիր ալ՝ ժողովուրդը առտուն իր եղբայրները հալածելէն ետ պիտի դառնար»։
Եւ ասէ Յովաբ. Կենդանի է Տէր, զի եթէ քո չէր խօսեցեալ, յայգուէ իսկ [16]ելանէր ամբոխս իւրաքանչիւր զհետ եղբօր իւրոյ:

2:27: Եւ ասէ Յովաբ. Կենդանի՛ է Տէր. զի եթէ քո չէ՛ր խօսեցեալ, յայգուէ՛ իսկ ելանէր ամբոխս իւրաքանչիւր զհետ եղբօր իւրոյ[3175]։
[3175] Յօրինակին պակասէր. Զի եթէ քո չէր խօ՛՛։ Յօրինակին. Ելանէր ամբոխ իւր։
27 Յովաբն ասաց. «Կենդանի է Տէրը: Եթէ դու խօսած չլինէիր, ժողովուրդը այգաբացին վեր էր կենալու, եւ ամէն մէկը հալածելու էր իր եղբօրը»:
27 Յովաբ ըսաւ. «Կենդանի է Աստուած, եթէ դուն խօսած չըլլայիր ալ՝ ժողովուրդը առտուն իր եղբայրները հալածելէն ետ պիտի դառնար»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:272:27 И сказал Иоав: жив Бог! если бы ты не говорил иначе, то еще утром перестали бы люди преследовать братьев своих.
2:27 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Ιωαβ ιωαβ live; alive κύριος κυριος lord; master ὅτι οτι since; that εἰ ει if; whether μὴ μη not ἐλάλησας λαλεω talk; speak διότι διοτι because; that τότε τοτε at that ἐκ εκ from; out of πρωίθεν πρωιθεν step up; ascend ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population ἕκαστος εκαστος each κατόπισθεν κατοπισθεν the ἀδελφοῦ αδελφος brother αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:27 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say יֹואָ֔ב yôʔˈāv יֹואָב Joab חַ֚י ˈḥay חַי alive הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֱלֹהִ֔ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that לוּלֵ֖א lûlˌē לוּלֵא unless דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ dibbˈartā דבר speak כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that אָ֤ז ʔˈāz אָז then מֵֽ mˈē מִן from הַ ha הַ the בֹּ֨קֶר֙ bbˈōqer בֹּקֶר morning נַעֲלָ֣ה naʕᵃlˈā עלה ascend הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after אָחִֽיו׃ ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother
2:27. et ait Ioab vivit Dominus si locutus fuisses mane recessisset populus persequens fratrem suum
27. And Joab said, As God liveth, if thou hadst not spoken, surely then in the morning the people had gone away, nor followed every one his brother.
2:27. And Joab said: “As the Lord lives, if you had spoken in the morning, the people would have withdrawn from pursuing their brothers.”
2:27. And Joab said, [As] God liveth, unless thou hadst spoken, surely then in the morning the people had gone up every one from following his brother.
And Joab said, [As] God liveth, unless thou hadst spoken, surely then in the morning the people had gone up every one from following his brother:

2:27 И сказал Иоав: жив Бог! если бы ты не говорил иначе, то еще утром перестали бы люди преследовать братьев своих.
2:27
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Ιωαβ ιωαβ live; alive
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ὅτι οτι since; that
εἰ ει if; whether
μὴ μη not
ἐλάλησας λαλεω talk; speak
διότι διοτι because; that
τότε τοτε at that
ἐκ εκ from; out of
πρωίθεν πρωιθεν step up; ascend
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
κατόπισθεν κατοπισθεν the
ἀδελφοῦ αδελφος brother
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:27
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
יֹואָ֔ב yôʔˈāv יֹואָב Joab
חַ֚י ˈḥay חַי alive
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֱלֹהִ֔ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
לוּלֵ֖א lûlˌē לוּלֵא unless
דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ dibbˈartā דבר speak
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
אָ֤ז ʔˈāz אָז then
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
בֹּ֨קֶר֙ bbˈōqer בֹּקֶר morning
נַעֲלָ֣ה naʕᵃlˈā עלה ascend
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
אָחִֽיו׃ ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother
2:27. et ait Ioab vivit Dominus si locutus fuisses mane recessisset populus persequens fratrem suum
2:27. And Joab said: “As the Lord lives, if you had spoken in the morning, the people would have withdrawn from pursuing their brothers.”
2:27. And Joab said, [As] God liveth, unless thou hadst spoken, surely then in the morning the people had gone up every one from following his brother.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
27: Если бы ты не говорил иначе. См. ст. 14.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:27: And Joab said - The meaning of this verse appears to be this: If Abner had not provoked the battle, (see Sa2 2:14), Joab would not have attacked the Israelites that day; as his orders were probably to act on the defensive. Therefore the blame fell upon Israel.
2 Kings (2 Samuel) 2:29
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:27: Joab's speech means either "unless thou hadst spoken (challenged us to fight, Sa2 2:14), the people would have returned from the pursuit of their brethren (many hours ago, even) this morning;" or, "If thou hadst not spoken (asked for peace, Sa2 2:26), surely the people would have returned, etc., in the morning, i. e. would not have ceased the pursuit until the morning." The latter interpretation is the more accordant with Joab's boastful character.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:27: As God: This was spoken in allusion to the proposal of Abner (Sa2 2:14), which led to the slaughter of twelve young men of each party, and thus provoked the battle. It is probable, that Joab had orders simply to act on the defensive, and would not have attacked the Israelites that day unless compelled; therefore the blame lay upon Abner and Israel. Sa1 25:26; Job 27:2
unless: Sa2 2:14; Pro 15:1, Pro 17:14, Pro 20:18, Pro 25:8; Isa 47:7; Luk 14:31, Luk 14:32
in the morning: Heb. from the morning
gone up: or, gone away
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Joab replied, "If thou hadst not spoken (i.e., challenged to single combat, 2Kings 2:14), the people would have gone away in the morning, every one from his brother," i.e., there would have been no such fratricidal conflict at all. The first כּי introduces the substance of the oath, as in 1Kings 25:34; the second gives greater force to it (vid., Ewald, 330, b.). Thus Joab threw all the blame of the fight upon Abner, because he had been the instigator of the single combat; and as that was not decisive, and was so bloody in its character, the two armies had felt obliged to fight it out. But he then commanded the trumpet to be blown for a halt, and the pursuit to be closed.
Geneva 1599
And Joab said, [As] God liveth, unless thou hadst (o) spoken, surely then in the morning the people had gone up every one from following his brother.
(o) If you had not provoked them to battle, (2Kings 2:14).
John Gill
And Joab said, as God liveth,.... Which was the form of an oath, swearing by the living God:
unless thou hadst spoken; that is, these words in 2Kings 2:14; "let the young men arise and play", that he had not given the challenge to fight:
surely then in the morning the people had gone up everyone from following his brother; they would have gone away and never fought at all; they were not desirous of shedding their blood, and following after them to slay them: thus he lays the blame upon Abner, and makes him to be the cause and beginner of the war. Some render the particle by "if", and give the sense, that if he had spoken what he last did sooner, the people would long before this time have desisted from pursuing them; for it was not from a thirst after their blood, and a desire to luke vengeance on them, that they pursued them, but to bring them to submission, and lay down their arms; for they could not in honour retreat until they desired it; but the former sense seems best, and is the general sense of the Jewish commentators.
John Wesley
Unless, &c. - Unless thou hadst made the motion that they should fight, 2Kings 2:14. It was thou, not I, that gave the first occasion of this fight. Abner was the sole cause of this war; otherwise all things had been ended by an amicable agreement: which might have been made that very morning, if he had so pleased.
2:282:28: Եւ փո՛ղ եհար Յովաբ, եւ մեկնեցա՛ն ժողովուրդն ամենայն, եւ ո՛չ եւս պնտեցան զհետ Իսրայէլի, եւ ո՛չ եւս յաւելին պատերազմել։
28 Յովաբը փող հնչեցրեց, ամբողջ ժողովուրդը կանգ առաւ, այլեւս չհալածեց իսրայէլացիներին, եւ պատերազմը դադարեց:
28 Այն ատեն Յովաբ փող հնչեցուց ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը կանգ առաւ ու ա՛լ Իսրայէլին ետեւէն չինկան ու պատերազմ չըրին։
Եւ փող եհար Յովաբ, եւ [17]մեկնեցան ժողովուրդն ամենայն, եւ ոչ եւս պնդեցան զհետ Իսրայելի, եւ ոչ եւս յաւելին պատերազմել:

2:28: Եւ փո՛ղ եհար Յովաբ, եւ մեկնեցա՛ն ժողովուրդն ամենայն, եւ ո՛չ եւս պնտեցան զհետ Իսրայէլի, եւ ո՛չ եւս յաւելին պատերազմել։
28 Յովաբը փող հնչեցրեց, ամբողջ ժողովուրդը կանգ առաւ, այլեւս չհալածեց իսրայէլացիներին, եւ պատերազմը դադարեց:
28 Այն ատեն Յովաբ փող հնչեցուց ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը կանգ առաւ ու ա՛լ Իսրայէլին ետեւէն չինկան ու պատերազմ չըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:282:28 И затрубил Иоав трубою, и остановился весь народ, и не преследовали более Израильтян; сражение прекратилось.
2:28 καὶ και and; even ἐσάλπισεν σαλπιζω trumpet; sound the trumpet Ιωαβ ιωαβ the σάλπιγγι σαλπιγξ trumpet καὶ και and; even ἀπέστησαν αφιστημι distance; keep distance πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not κατεδίωξαν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after τοῦ ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not προσέθεντο προστιθημι add; continue ἔτι ετι yet; still τοῦ ο the πολεμεῖν πολεμεω battle
2:28 וַ wa וְ and יִּתְקַ֤ע yyiṯqˈaʕ תקע blow יֹואָב֙ yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שֹּׁופָ֔ר ššôfˈār שֹׁופָר horn וַ wa וְ and יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ yyˈaʕamᵊḏû עמד stand כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יִרְדְּפ֥וּ yirdᵊfˌû רדף pursue עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יָסְפ֥וּ yāsᵊfˌû יסף add עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration לְ lᵊ לְ to הִלָּחֵֽם׃ hillāḥˈēm לחם fight
2:28. insonuit ergo Ioab bucina et stetit omnis exercitus nec persecuti sunt ultra Israhel neque iniere certamen
28. So Joab blew the trumpet, and all the people stood still, and pursued after Israel no more, neither fought they any more.
2:28. Therefore, Joab sounded the trumpet, and the entire army stood still, and they did not pursue after Israel any more, and they did not engage in conflict.
2:28. So Joab blew a trumpet, and all the people stood still, and pursued after Israel no more, neither fought they any more.
So Joab blew a trumpet, and all the people stood still, and pursued after Israel no more, neither fought they any more:

2:28 И затрубил Иоав трубою, и остановился весь народ, и не преследовали более Израильтян; сражение прекратилось.
2:28
καὶ και and; even
ἐσάλπισεν σαλπιζω trumpet; sound the trumpet
Ιωαβ ιωαβ the
σάλπιγγι σαλπιγξ trumpet
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέστησαν αφιστημι distance; keep distance
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
κατεδίωξαν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
τοῦ ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
προσέθεντο προστιθημι add; continue
ἔτι ετι yet; still
τοῦ ο the
πολεμεῖν πολεμεω battle
2:28
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתְקַ֤ע yyiṯqˈaʕ תקע blow
יֹואָב֙ yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שֹּׁופָ֔ר ššôfˈār שֹׁופָר horn
וַ wa וְ and
יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ yyˈaʕamᵊḏû עמד stand
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יִרְדְּפ֥וּ yirdᵊfˌû רדף pursue
עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יָסְפ֥וּ yāsᵊfˌû יסף add
עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הִלָּחֵֽם׃ hillāḥˈēm לחם fight
2:28. insonuit ergo Ioab bucina et stetit omnis exercitus nec persecuti sunt ultra Israhel neque iniere certamen
2:28. Therefore, Joab sounded the trumpet, and the entire army stood still, and they did not pursue after Israel any more, and they did not engage in conflict.
2:28. So Joab blew a trumpet, and all the people stood still, and pursued after Israel no more, neither fought they any more.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
So Joab blew a trumpet,.... Or caused one to be blown as a signal of a retreat:
and all the people stood still, and pursued after Israel no more; as soon as they heard the trumpet sound, the meaning of which they understood, they stepped at once, and left off their pursuit:
neither fought they any more; that day, and perhaps no pitched battle afterwards; for none we read of, though the war continued after this a long time, and there might be often skirmishes, which greatly weakened Abner's party. See 2Kings 3:1.
2:292:29: Եւ Աբեններ եւ արք նորա գնացին ընդ արեւելս զգիշերն զայն ողջոյն. եւ անցին ընդ Յորդանան՝ եւ չոգա՛ն ընդ ամենայն ձգեալն. եւ եկին ՚ի բանակսն[3176]։ [3176] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. ՚ի վերայ՝ Ձգեալն. նշանակի՝ անապատն։ Ուր այլ ոմանք՝ եդեալ ՚ի բնաբ՛՛. ընդ ամենայն ձգեալսն. ՚ի լուս՛՛. նշանակեն՝ Յանապատն ձգեալ ՚ի գետով։
29 Աբեններն ու նրա մարդիկ ամբողջ գիշերը շարժուեցին դէպի արեւելք, անցան Յորդանան գետը, բոլոր մօտակայ վայրերը ու եկան բանակատեղի:
29 Աբեններ ու իր մարդիկը բոլոր գիշերը դաշտին մէջէն երթալով՝ Յորդանանէն անցան ու բոլոր Բեթրոնը պտըտելով՝ Մանայիմ հասան։
Եւ Աբեններ եւ արք նորա գնացին ընդ [18]արեւելս զգիշերն զայն ողջոյն, եւ անցին ընդ Յորդանան եւ չոգան ընդ ամենայն [19]ձգեալն, եւ եկին ի բանակսն:

2:29: Եւ Աբեններ եւ արք նորա գնացին ընդ արեւելս զգիշերն զայն ողջոյն. եւ անցին ընդ Յորդանան՝ եւ չոգա՛ն ընդ ամենայն ձգեալն. եւ եկին ՚ի բանակսն[3176]։
[3176] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. ՚ի վերայ՝ Ձգեալն. նշանակի՝ անապատն։ Ուր այլ ոմանք՝ եդեալ ՚ի բնաբ՛՛. ընդ ամենայն ձգեալսն. ՚ի լուս՛՛. նշանակեն՝ Յանապատն ձգեալ ՚ի գետով։
29 Աբեններն ու նրա մարդիկ ամբողջ գիշերը շարժուեցին դէպի արեւելք, անցան Յորդանան գետը, բոլոր մօտակայ վայրերը ու եկան բանակատեղի:
29 Աբեններ ու իր մարդիկը բոլոր գիշերը դաշտին մէջէն երթալով՝ Յորդանանէն անցան ու բոլոր Բեթրոնը պտըտելով՝ Մանայիմ հասան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:292:29 Авенир же и люди его шли равниною всю ту ночь и перешли Иордан, и прошли весь Битрон, и пришли в Маханаим.
2:29 καὶ και and; even Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἀπῆλθον απερχομαι go off; go away εἰς εις into; for δυσμὰς δυσμη sunset; west ὅλην ολος whole; wholly τὴν ο the νύκτα νυξ night ἐκείνην εκεινος that καὶ και and; even διέβαιναν διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis καὶ και and; even ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go ὅλην ολος whole; wholly τὴν ο the παρατείνουσαν παρατεινω stretch along καὶ και and; even ἔρχονται ερχομαι come; go εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the παρεμβολήν παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
2:29 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַבְנֵ֣ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner וַֽ wˈa וְ and אֲנָשָׁ֗יו ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw אִישׁ man הָֽלְכוּ֙ hˈālᵊḵû הלך walk בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in † הַ the עֲרָבָ֔ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the לַּ֣יְלָה llˈaylā לַיְלָה night הַ ha הַ the ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he וַ wa וְ and יַּעַבְר֣וּ yyaʕavrˈû עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֗ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וַ wa וְ and יֵּֽלְכוּ֙ yyˈēlᵊḵû הלך walk כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the בִּתְרֹ֔ון bbiṯrˈôn בִּתְרֹון gully וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֖אוּ yyāvˌōʔû בוא come מַחֲנָֽיִם׃ maḥᵃnˈāyim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
2:29. Abner autem et viri eius abierunt per campestria tota nocte illa et transierunt Iordanem et lustrata omni Bethoron venerunt ad Castra
29. And Abner and his men went all that night through the Arabah; and they passed over Jordan, and went through all Bithron, and came to Mahanaim.
2:29. Then Abner and his men went away, all that night, through the plains. And they crossed the Jordan, and having roamed throughout all of Beth-horon, they arrived in the camp.
2:29. And Abner and his men walked all that night through the plain, and passed over Jordan, and went through all Bithron, and they came to Mahanaim.
And Abner and his men walked all that night through the plain, and passed over Jordan, and went through all Bithron, and they came to Mahanaim:

2:29 Авенир же и люди его шли равниною всю ту ночь и перешли Иордан, и прошли весь Битрон, и пришли в Маханаим.
2:29
καὶ και and; even
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἀπῆλθον απερχομαι go off; go away
εἰς εις into; for
δυσμὰς δυσμη sunset; west
ὅλην ολος whole; wholly
τὴν ο the
νύκτα νυξ night
ἐκείνην εκεινος that
καὶ και and; even
διέβαιναν διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
καὶ και and; even
ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go
ὅλην ολος whole; wholly
τὴν ο the
παρατείνουσαν παρατεινω stretch along
καὶ και and; even
ἔρχονται ερχομαι come; go
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
παρεμβολήν παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
2:29
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַבְנֵ֣ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
אֲנָשָׁ֗יו ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw אִישׁ man
הָֽלְכוּ֙ hˈālᵊḵû הלך walk
בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in
הַ the
עֲרָבָ֔ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert
כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
לַּ֣יְלָה llˈaylā לַיְלָה night
הַ ha הַ the
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעַבְר֣וּ yyaʕavrˈû עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֗ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּֽלְכוּ֙ yyˈēlᵊḵû הלך walk
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
בִּתְרֹ֔ון bbiṯrˈôn בִּתְרֹון gully
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֖אוּ yyāvˌōʔû בוא come
מַחֲנָֽיִם׃ maḥᵃnˈāyim מַחֲנַיִם Mahanaim
2:29. Abner autem et viri eius abierunt per campestria tota nocte illa et transierunt Iordanem et lustrata omni Bethoron venerunt ad Castra
2:29. Then Abner and his men went away, all that night, through the plains. And they crossed the Jordan, and having roamed throughout all of Beth-horon, they arrived in the camp.
2:29. And Abner and his men walked all that night through the plain, and passed over Jordan, and went through all Bithron, and they came to Mahanaim.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
29: Битрон - область в восточном Заиорданье.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:29: They came to Mahanaim - So they returned to the place whence they set out. See Sa2 2:12. This was the commencement of the civil wars between Israel and Judah, and properly the commencement of the division of the two kingdoms, through which both nations were deluged with blood.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:29: Through the plain - See Sa1 23:24. Bithron is unknown. From the expression all (the) Bithron, it seems likely that it is a tract of country, intersected by ravines lying on the east side of Jordan.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:29: Bithron: Bithron or Bether is probably the same as Betarus, which is placed in the Antonine Itinerary between Caesarea of Palestine and Diospolis or Lydda, 18 miles from the former, and 22 from the latter. The Jerusalem Itinerary mentions a place called Bethar, 16 miles from Caesarea, and 20 from Diospolis, which is probably the same. The Talmudists say that it was four miles distant from the sea. Sol 2:17, Bether
Mahanaim: Sa2 2:12
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Abner proceeded with his troops through the Arabah, i.e., the valley of the Jordan, marching the whole night; and then crossing the river, went through the whole of Bithron back to Mahanaim. Bithron is a district upon the eastern side of the Jordan, which is only mentioned here. Aquila and the Vulgate identify it with Bethhoron; but there is no more foundation for this than for the suggestion of Thenius, that it is the same place as Bethharam, the later Libias, at the mouth of the Nahr Hesbn (see at Num 32:36). It is very evident that Bithron is not the name of a city, but of a district, from the fact that it is preceded by the word all, which would be perfectly unmeaning in the case of a city. The meaning of the word is a cutting; and it was no doubt the name given to some ravine in the neighbourhood of the Jabbok, between the Jordan and Mahanaim, which was on the north side of the Jabbok.
John Gill
And Abner and his men walked all that night through the plain,.... The plain of Jordan. He marched with his men all night, lest Joab should return, and pursue him, and take vengeance on him for the death of his brother:
and passed over Jordan; at one of the fords of it:
and went through all Bithron; the name of a province or country, as Jarchi, called so perhaps from its being separated from the rest of the tribes of Israel by the river Jordan; some think the mountains of Bether were in this country, Song 2:17. From Gibeon, where the battle was fought, to Bithron, according to Bunting (o), was twenty eight miles, the which he says was in the tribe of Gad, twenty eight miles from Jerusalem northeastward, lying between Dibon and Jordan:
and they came to Mahanaim: from whence they came, and where they had left Ishbosheth, 2Kings 2:8. From Bithron to this place, according to the same writer (p), was sixteen miles.
(o) Travels, &c. p. 145, 146. (p) Ibid.
2:302:30: Եւ Յովաբ դարձա՛ւ յԱբեններեայ, եւ ժողովեաց զամենայն ժողովուրդն։ Եւ հանդէ՛ս եղեւ ծառայիցն Դաւթի որ կոտորեցան՝ ինն եւ տասն առն՝ եւ Ասայէլ.
30 Յովաբը Աբեններին հալածելուց հրաժարուեց, հաւաքեց ամբողջ ժողովրդին, աշխարհագիր արեց ու տեսաւ,
30 Յովաբ Աբեններէն դարձաւ ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը հաւաքեց, բայց Դաւիթին ծառաներէն տասնըինը մարդ ու Ասայէլ կը պակսէին։
Եւ Յովաբ դարձաւ յԱբեններեայ, եւ ժողովեաց զամենայն ժողովուրդն. եւ հանդէս եղեւ ծառայիցն Դաւթի որ կոտորեցան` ինն եւ տասն առն, եւ Ասայէլ:

2:30: Եւ Յովաբ դարձա՛ւ յԱբեններեայ, եւ ժողովեաց զամենայն ժողովուրդն։ Եւ հանդէ՛ս եղեւ ծառայիցն Դաւթի որ կոտորեցան՝ ինն եւ տասն առն՝ եւ Ասայէլ.
30 Յովաբը Աբեններին հալածելուց հրաժարուեց, հաւաքեց ամբողջ ժողովրդին, աշխարհագիր արեց ու տեսաւ,
30 Յովաբ Աբեններէն դարձաւ ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը հաւաքեց, բայց Դաւիթին ծառաներէն տասնըինը մարդ ու Ասայէլ կը պակսէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:302:30 И возвратился Иоав от преследования Авенира и собрал весь народ, и недоставало из слуг Давидовых девятнадцати человек кроме Асаила.
2:30 καὶ και and; even Ιωαβ ιωαβ overturn; turn up / back ὄπισθεν οπισθεν from behind; in back of ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even συνήθροισεν συναθροιζω congregate; collect πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the λαόν λαος populace; population καὶ και and; even ἐπεσκέπησαν επισκεπτομαι visit; inspect τῶν ο the παίδων παις child; boy Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐννεακαίδεκα εννεακαιδεκα man; husband καὶ και and; even Ασαηλ ασαηλ Asaēl; Asel
2:30 וְ wᵊ וְ and יֹואָ֗ב yôʔˈāv יֹואָב Joab שָׁ֚ב ˈšov שׁוב return מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after אַבְנֵ֔ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner וַ wa וְ and יִּקְבֹּ֖ץ yyiqbˌōṣ קבץ collect אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עָ֑ם ʕˈām עַם people וַ wa וְ and יִּפָּ֨קְד֜וּ yyippˌāqᵊḏˈû פקד miss מֵ mē מִן from עַבְדֵ֥י ʕavᵊḏˌê עֶבֶד servant דָוִ֛ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David תִּשְׁעָֽה־ tišʕˈā- תֵּשַׁע nine עָשָׂ֥ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man וַ wa וְ and עֲשָׂה־אֵֽל׃ ʕᵃśā-ʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
2:30. porro Ioab reversus omisso Abner congregavit omnem populum et defuerunt de pueris David decem et novem viri excepto Asahele
30. And Joab returned from following Abner: and when he had gathered all the people together, there lacked of David’s servants nineteen men and Asahel.
2:30. But Joab, returning after he had released Abner, gathered together all the people. And of David’s youths, they were missing nineteen men, aside from Asahel.
2:30. And Joab returned from following Abner: and when he had gathered all the people together, there lacked of David’s servants nineteen men and Asahel.
And Joab returned from following Abner: and when he had gathered all the people together, there lacked of David' s servants nineteen men and Asahel:

2:30 И возвратился Иоав от преследования Авенира и собрал весь народ, и недоставало из слуг Давидовых девятнадцати человек кроме Асаила.
2:30
καὶ και and; even
Ιωαβ ιωαβ overturn; turn up / back
ὄπισθεν οπισθεν from behind; in back of
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ and; even
συνήθροισεν συναθροιζω congregate; collect
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
λαόν λαος populace; population
καὶ και and; even
ἐπεσκέπησαν επισκεπτομαι visit; inspect
τῶν ο the
παίδων παις child; boy
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐννεακαίδεκα εννεακαιδεκα man; husband
καὶ και and; even
Ασαηλ ασαηλ Asaēl; Asel
2:30
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יֹואָ֗ב yôʔˈāv יֹואָב Joab
שָׁ֚ב ˈšov שׁוב return
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
אַבְנֵ֔ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְבֹּ֖ץ yyiqbˌōṣ קבץ collect
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עָ֑ם ʕˈām עַם people
וַ wa וְ and
יִּפָּ֨קְד֜וּ yyippˌāqᵊḏˈû פקד miss
מֵ מִן from
עַבְדֵ֥י ʕavᵊḏˌê עֶבֶד servant
דָוִ֛ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
תִּשְׁעָֽה־ tišʕˈā- תֵּשַׁע nine
עָשָׂ֥ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשָׂה־אֵֽל׃ ʕᵃśā-ʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
2:30. porro Ioab reversus omisso Abner congregavit omnem populum et defuerunt de pueris David decem et novem viri excepto Asahele
2:30. But Joab, returning after he had released Abner, gathered together all the people. And of David’s youths, they were missing nineteen men, aside from Asahel.
2:30. And Joab returned from following Abner: and when he had gathered all the people together, there lacked of David’s servants nineteen men and Asahel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ all ▾
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Joab also assembled his men for a retreat. Nineteen of his soldiers were missing besides Asahel, all of whom had fallen in the battle. But they had slain as many as three hundred and sixty of Benjamin and of Abner's men. This striking disproportion in the numbers may be accounted for from the fact that in Joab's army there were none but brave and well-tried men, who had gathered round David a long time before; whereas in Abner's army there were only the remnants of the Israelites who had been beaten upon Gilboa, and who had been still further weakened and depressed by their attempts to recover the land which was occupied by the Philistines.
John Gill
And Joab returned from following Abner,.... It being in his commission from David to shed as little blood as he could:
and when he had gathered all the people together; who had been pursuing the Israelites, some one way and some another:
there lacked of David's servants nineteen men, and Asahel; who is particularly mentioned, because a very honourable man, valiant and courageous, a relation of David, and brother of Joab the general, and the loss of him was greater than all the rest. This has made some think that the twelve men of the servants of David were not killed in the duel, or otherwise there must be but seven slain in the battle; though that is not more strange than that in the battle with Midian not one should be slain, and, yet a terrible slaughter was made of the Midianites, Num 31:1. So in a sharp battle between the Spartans and Arcadians, ten thousand of the latter were slain, and not one of the former (q). Stilicho killed more than an hundred thousand of the army of Rhadagaisus, king of the Goths, without losing one of his own men, no, not so much as one wounded, as Austin affirms (r). At the battle of Issus the Persians lost an hundred ten thousand men, and Alexander not two hundred (s). Julius Caesar killed in the three camps of Juba, Scipio, and Labienus, ten thousand men, with the loss of fifty men only (t). After these instances, not only the case here, but that between the Israelites and Midianites, cannot be thought incredible, for the sake of which the above are produced. This account, according to Josephus (u), was taken the day following.
(q) Diodor. Sic. l. 15. p. 383. (r) De civilate Dei, l. 5. c. 23. (s) Curtius, l. 3. c. 11. (t) Hirtius de Bello African. c. 86. (u) Antiqu. l. 7. c. 1. sect. 3.
2:312:31: եւ ծառայքն Դաւթի հարին յորդւոցն Բենիամինի, եւ յարանց Աբեններեայ երեք հարիւր եւ վաթսուն այր։
31 որ Դաւթի մարդկանցից կոտորուել էին տասնինը մարդ եւ Ասայէլը, իսկ Դաւթի զինուորները Բենիամինի որդիներից ու Աբենների մարդկանցից կոտորել էին երեք հարիւր վաթսուն մարդ:
31 Դաւիթին ծառաները Բենիամինէն ու Աբենների մարդոցմէն երեք հարիւր վաթսուն մարդ զարկին, որոնք մեռան։
եւ ծառայքն Դաւթի հարին յորդւոցն Բենիամինի եւ յարանց Աբեններեայ երեք հարիւր եւ վաթսուն այր[20]:

2:31: եւ ծառայքն Դաւթի հարին յորդւոցն Բենիամինի, եւ յարանց Աբեններեայ երեք հարիւր եւ վաթսուն այր։
31 որ Դաւթի մարդկանցից կոտորուել էին տասնինը մարդ եւ Ասայէլը, իսկ Դաւթի զինուորները Բենիամինի որդիներից ու Աբենների մարդկանցից կոտորել էին երեք հարիւր վաթսուն մարդ:
31 Դաւիթին ծառաները Բենիամինէն ու Աբենների մարդոցմէն երեք հարիւր վաթսուն մարդ զարկին, որոնք մեռան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:312:31 Слуги же Давидовы поразили Вениамитян и людей Авенировых; пало их триста шестьдесят человек.
2:31 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the παῖδες παις child; boy Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith ἐπάταξαν πατασσω pat; impact τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin τῶν ο the ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ three hundred ἑξήκοντα εξηκοντα sixty ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband παρ᾿ παρα from; by αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:31 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַבְדֵ֣י ʕavᵊḏˈê עֶבֶד servant דָוִ֗ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David הִכּוּ֙ hikkˌû נכה strike מִ mi מִן from בִּנְיָמִ֔ן bbinyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in אַנְשֵׁ֖י ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man אַבְנֵ֑ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner שְׁלֹשׁ־ šᵊlōš- שָׁלֹשׁ three מֵאֹ֧ות mēʔˈôṯ מֵאָה hundred וְ wᵊ וְ and שִׁשִּׁ֛ים šiššˈîm שֵׁשׁ six אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man מֵֽתוּ׃ mˈēṯû מות die
2:31. servi autem David percusserunt de Beniamin et de viris qui erant cum Abner trecentos sexaginta qui et mortui sunt
31. But the servants of David had smitten of Benjamin, and of Abner’s men, three hundred and threescore men died.
2:31. But of Benjamin and of the men who were with Abner, the servants of David had struck three hundred and sixty, who also died.
2:31. But the servants of David had smitten of Benjamin, and of Abner’s men, [so that] three hundred and threescore men died.
But the servants of David had smitten of Benjamin, and of Abner' s men, [so that] three hundred and threescore men died:

2:31 Слуги же Давидовы поразили Вениамитян и людей Авенировых; пало их триста шестьдесят человек.
2:31
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
παῖδες παις child; boy
Δαυιδ δαβιδ Dabid; Thavith
ἐπάταξαν πατασσω pat; impact
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
τῶν ο the
ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband
Αβεννηρ αβεννηρ three hundred
ἑξήκοντα εξηκοντα sixty
ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband
παρ᾿ παρα from; by
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:31
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַבְדֵ֣י ʕavᵊḏˈê עֶבֶד servant
דָוִ֗ד ḏāwˈiḏ דָּוִד David
הִכּוּ֙ hikkˌû נכה strike
מִ mi מִן from
בִּנְיָמִ֔ן bbinyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
אַנְשֵׁ֖י ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man
אַבְנֵ֑ר ʔavnˈēr אַבְנֵר Abner
שְׁלֹשׁ־ šᵊlōš- שָׁלֹשׁ three
מֵאֹ֧ות mēʔˈôṯ מֵאָה hundred
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִׁשִּׁ֛ים šiššˈîm שֵׁשׁ six
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
מֵֽתוּ׃ mˈēṯû מות die
2:31. servi autem David percusserunt de Beniamin et de viris qui erant cum Abner trecentos sexaginta qui et mortui sunt
2:31. But of Benjamin and of the men who were with Abner, the servants of David had struck three hundred and sixty, who also died.
2:31. But the servants of David had smitten of Benjamin, and of Abner’s men, [so that] three hundred and threescore men died.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:31: three hundred: The slain of Israel, though greatly exceeding those of Judah, were not great. This might be owing to the directions given by David, to be as lenient as possible; but the death of Asahel seems to have stopped the pursuers, and greatly favoured the escape of the vanquished. Sa2 3:1; Kg1 20:11
Geneva 1599
But the servants of David had smitten of Benjamin, and of Abner's men, [so that] three (p) hundred and threescore men died.
(p) Thus God would confirm David in his kingdom by the destruction of his adversaries.
John Gill
But the servants of David had smitten of Benjamin, and Abner's men,.... Of those of the tribe of Benjamin that joined him, and of those that he brought with him from Mahanaim; so many of them were smitten, as appeared by their bodies lying on the field of battle:
so that three hundred and threescore men died; the number of the slain on each side was very unequal.
2:322:32: Եւ բարձի՛ն զԱսայէլ, եւ թաղեցի՛ն զնա ՚ի գերեզմանի հօր իւրոյ ՚ի Բեթղահէմ. եւ գնացին Յովաբ եւ արք նորա, եւ լուսացաւ նոցա ՚ի Քեբրոն[3177]։[3177] Ոմանք. Յովաբ եւ արքն որ ընդ նմա, եւ լուսացաւ։
32 Վերցրին Ասայէլին ու նրան թաղեցին Բեթղեհէմում, իր հօր գերեզմանի մէջ: Յովաբն ու իր մարդիկ գնացին եւ արշալոյսին հասան Քեբրոն:
32 Ասայէլը վերցուցին ու զանիկա Բեթլեհէմի մէջ իր հօրը գերեզմանը թաղեցին։ Յովաբ եւ անոր մարդիկը բոլոր գիշերը քալեցին ու արշալոյսին Քեբրոն հասան։
Եւ բարձին զԱսայէլ եւ թաղեցին զնա ի գերեզմանի հօր իւրոյ ի Բեթղեհեմ. եւ [21]գնացին Յովաբ եւ արք նորա, եւ լուսացաւ նոցա ի Քեբրոն:

2:32: Եւ բարձի՛ն զԱսայէլ, եւ թաղեցի՛ն զնա ՚ի գերեզմանի հօր իւրոյ ՚ի Բեթղահէմ. եւ գնացին Յովաբ եւ արք նորա, եւ լուսացաւ նոցա ՚ի Քեբրոն[3177]։
[3177] Ոմանք. Յովաբ եւ արքն որ ընդ նմա, եւ լուսացաւ։
32 Վերցրին Ասայէլին ու նրան թաղեցին Բեթղեհէմում, իր հօր գերեզմանի մէջ: Յովաբն ու իր մարդիկ գնացին եւ արշալոյսին հասան Քեբրոն:
32 Ասայէլը վերցուցին ու զանիկա Բեթլեհէմի մէջ իր հօրը գերեզմանը թաղեցին։ Յովաբ եւ անոր մարդիկը բոլոր գիշերը քալեցին ու արշալոյսին Քեբրոն հասան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:322:32 И взяли Асаила и похоронили его во гробе отца его, что в Вифлееме. Иоав же с людьми своими шел всю ночь и на рассвете прибыл в Хеврон.
2:32 καὶ και and; even αἴρουσιν αιρω lift; remove τὸν ο the Ασαηλ ασαηλ and; even θάπτουσιν θαπτω bury; have a funeral for αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῷ ο the τάφῳ ταφος grave τοῦ ο the πατρὸς πατηρ father αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐν εν in Βαιθλεεμ βαιθλεεμ and; even ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go Ιωαβ ιωαβ and; even οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband οἱ ο the μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὅλην ολος whole; wholly τὴν ο the νύκτα νυξ night καὶ και and; even διέφαυσεν διαφαυσκω he; him ἐν εν in Χεβρων χεβρων Chebrōn; Khevron
2:32 וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׂאוּ֙ yyiśʔˌû נשׂא lift אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עֲשָׂהאֵ֔ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּקְבְּרֻ֨הוּ֙ yyiqbᵊrˈuhû קבר bury בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קֶ֣בֶר qˈever קֶבֶר grave אָבִ֔יו ʔāvˈiʸw אָב father אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בֵּ֣ית לָ֑חֶם bˈêṯ lˈāḥem בֵּית לֶחֶם Bethlehem וַ wa וְ and יֵּלְכ֣וּ yyēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the לַּ֗יְלָה llˈaylā לַיְלָה night יֹואָב֙ yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab וַֽ wˈa וְ and אֲנָשָׁ֔יו ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw אִישׁ man וַ wa וְ and יֵּאֹ֥ר yyēʔˌōr אור be light לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶבְרֹֽון׃ ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
2:32. tuleruntque Asahel et sepelierunt eum in sepulchro patris sui in Bethleem et ambulaverunt tota nocte Ioab et viri qui erant cum eo et in ipso crepusculo pervenerunt in Hebron
32. And they took up Asahel, and buried him in the sepulchre of his father, which was in Beth-lehem. And Joab and his men went all night, and the day brake upon them at Hebron.
2:32. And they took Asahel, and they buried him in the sepulcher of his father at Bethlehem. And Joab, and the men who were with him, walked throughout the night, and they arrived in Hebron at the very break of day.
2:32. And they took up Asahel, and buried him in the sepulchre of his father, which [was in] Bethlehem. And Joab and his men went all night, and they came to Hebron at break of day.
And they took up Asahel, and buried him in the sepulchre of his father, which [was in] Beth- lehem. And Joab and his men went all night, and they came to Hebron at break of day:

2:32 И взяли Асаила и похоронили его во гробе отца его, что в Вифлееме. Иоав же с людьми своими шел всю ночь и на рассвете прибыл в Хеврон.
2:32
καὶ και and; even
αἴρουσιν αιρω lift; remove
τὸν ο the
Ασαηλ ασαηλ and; even
θάπτουσιν θαπτω bury; have a funeral for
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
τάφῳ ταφος grave
τοῦ ο the
πατρὸς πατηρ father
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
Βαιθλεεμ βαιθλεεμ and; even
ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go
Ιωαβ ιωαβ and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
οἱ ο the
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὅλην ολος whole; wholly
τὴν ο the
νύκτα νυξ night
καὶ και and; even
διέφαυσεν διαφαυσκω he; him
ἐν εν in
Χεβρων χεβρων Chebrōn; Khevron
2:32
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׂאוּ֙ yyiśʔˌû נשׂא lift
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עֲשָׂהאֵ֔ל ʕᵃśāhʔˈēl עֲשָׂהאֵל Asahel
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּקְבְּרֻ֨הוּ֙ yyiqbᵊrˈuhû קבר bury
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קֶ֣בֶר qˈever קֶבֶר grave
אָבִ֔יו ʔāvˈiʸw אָב father
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בֵּ֣ית לָ֑חֶם bˈêṯ lˈāḥem בֵּית לֶחֶם Bethlehem
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּלְכ֣וּ yyēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
לַּ֗יְלָה llˈaylā לַיְלָה night
יֹואָב֙ yôʔˌāv יֹואָב Joab
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
אֲנָשָׁ֔יו ʔᵃnāšˈāʸw אִישׁ man
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּאֹ֥ר yyēʔˌōr אור be light
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶבְרֹֽון׃ ḥevrˈôn חֶבְרֹון Hebron
2:32. tuleruntque Asahel et sepelierunt eum in sepulchro patris sui in Bethleem et ambulaverunt tota nocte Ioab et viri qui erant cum eo et in ipso crepusculo pervenerunt in Hebron
2:32. And they took Asahel, and they buried him in the sepulcher of his father at Bethlehem. And Joab, and the men who were with him, walked throughout the night, and they arrived in Hebron at the very break of day.
2:32. And they took up Asahel, and buried him in the sepulchre of his father, which [was in] Bethlehem. And Joab and his men went all night, and they came to Hebron at break of day.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:32: Joab, having stopped the pursuit, passed the night with his army on the field of battle; the next morning he numbered the missing, and buried the dead; they carried the body of Asahel to Bethlehem and buried him there, and then joined David at Hebron. Hebron would be about 14 miles from Bethlehem, or about five hours' march.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:32: buried: Sa1 17:58; Ch1 2:13-16; Ch2 16:14, Ch2 21:1
went: Sa2 5:1; Pro 22:29
Next: 2 Kings (2 Samuel) Chapter 3
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

On the way back, David's men took up the body of Asahel, and buried it in his father's grave at Bethlehem. They proceeded thence towards Hebron, marching the whole night, so that they reached Hebron itself at daybreak. "It got light to them (i.e., the day dawned) at Hebron."
John Gill
And they took up Asahel,.... From the place where he fell; that is, Joab and Abishai, his brethren, as Josephus (w) relates; after they had buried the dead in the field of battle, they took up him:
and buried him in the sepulchre of his father, which was in Bethlehem: not in the city of Bethlehem, but without it, on the south side of it; so says Fuller (x),"southward, i.e. of Bethlehem, we find Asahel's sepulchre, who was buried in the grave of his father.''What was his father's name is not known, only his mother's name, Zeruiah, is mentioned in Scripture, a sister of David, and daughter of Jesse the Bethlehemite. Bethlehem was sixteen miles from Gibeon, according to Bunting (y).
And Joab and his men went all night; not the night following the battle, but the night following the next day, after he had been to Bethlehem, and buried his brother there; wherefore, lest David should think it long before he came, he travelled all night:
and they came to Hebron at break of day; where David was, which, according to the same writer (z), was twenty miles from Bethlehem.
(w) Antiqu. l. 7. c. 1. sect. 3. (x) Pisgah-Sight of Palestine, B. 2. c. 14. sect. 21. p. 301. (y) Travels, ut supra. (p. 145, 146.) (z) Travels, ut supra. (p. 145, 146.)
John Wesley
In Bethlehem - The rest they buried in the field of battle, but Asahel in the sepulchre of his father. Thus are distinctions made upon earth, even between the dust of some and of others! But in the resurrection no difference will be made but between good and bad; which will remain for ever.